Advertisement
Advertisement
WELCOME Congratulations on becoming the new owner of the world’s most prestigious yacht. We at Sea Ray® Boats, Inc. welcome you into our worldwide and ever- expanding family of boating enthusiasts. The Owner’s Manual Packet, to be kept on board your Sea Ray, gives you important information on all the features of your Sea Ray, for years of trouble-free boating take the time to carefully review the information in your Owner's Manual Packet and really get to know your boat. Have everyone who will operate your yacht read this manual. The Owner's Manual Packet contains the following: * Owner's Manual The Owner's Manual gives you important operating and safety information, as well as reminding you about your responsibilities as a boat owner/operator. * Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) Information This section of your Owner's Manual Packet contains information from the manufacturers of equipment installed on your boat. Examples include the engine, engine control and steering system. Throughout the Owners Manual you will be referred to information provided by manufacturers of specific systems. Because your purchase represents a substantial investment, we know you will want to take the necessary measures to protect its value. We have outlined a program for proper operation, periodic maintenance and safety inspections. We urge you to follow these recommendations. If you have questions which are not fully covered by the Owners Manual Packet, please consult your authorized dealer for assistance. Thank You For Selecting A Sea Ray"! bon Voyage 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) INTRODUCTION 1. THis MANUAL The material here and in the rest of the Owner’s Manual Packet: e Gives you basic safety information; e Describes the features of your boat; e Describes the equipment on your boat; e Describes the fundamentals of boat use; and e (Contains service and maintenance information. You must learn to operate this boat as well as read, understand and use this manual. What this manual does not give you is a course in boating safety, or how to navigate, anchor or dock you boat. Operating a power boat safely requires more skills, knowledge and awareness than is necessary for a car or truck. 2. YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES For your safety, the safety of your passengers, other boaters and people in the water, you must: Take a boating safety course; e Getinstruction in the safe and proper handling of your boat; * Understand and follow the “rules of the road”; Learn how to navigate. 3. SOURCE OF INFORMATION In North America, contact one of the following for boating courses: e U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary e U.S. Power Squadron e Canadian Power and Sail Squadrons e Red cross e State Boating Offices e Yacht Club Contact your dealer or the Boat/U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 Outside of North America, contact your boat dealer and/or your governmental boating agency for assistance. A book that provides a comprehensive background in boating is Chapman - Piloting, Seamanship and small Boat handling, by Elbert S. Maloney, published by Hearst Marine. 4. DEALER RESPONSIBILITIES In addition to a pre-delivery check and service of the boat, your dealer is to give you: о Adescription and demonstration of the safety systems, features, instruments and controls on your boat; e An orientation in the general operation of your boat; e An"In Service Form” completed by you and the dealer after your inspection of the boat; Areview of all warranty information and how to obtain warranty service; e The complete Owner’s Manual Packet. If you do not receive all of these materials, or have any questions, contact your dealer or call 1-800-SRBOATS (International 1-314-216-3333). 5. WARRANTIES Your boat comes with several warranties. Each component and/or system on your boat has its own warranty that will be found with the specific information and manual for that component. These are included with your Owner’s Manual Packet. Locate and read the individual warranties; then put them together for easy future reference. The Sea Ray® warranty is on the warranty information card in your packet and is repeated on the next page. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) INTRODUCTION 6. HULL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (HIN) The “Hull Identification Number” located on the starboard side of the transom, is the most important identifying factor and must be included in all correspondence and orders. Failure to include it creates delays. Also of vital importance are the engine serial numbers and part numbers when writing about or ordering parts for your engine. Refer to the Engine Operators Manual for locations of engine serial numbers and record them for future reference. H.I.N LOCATION HULL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 7. MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION As a boat manufacturer, Sea Ray builds their products to guidelines established under the Federal Boat Safety Act of 1971. The Act is promulgated by the United States Coast Guard who has authority to enforce these laws on boat manufacturers that sell products in the United States. Sea Ray ensures that all of its products comply with these laws. The NMMA, National Marine Manufacturers Association, provides Sea Ray with a third party certification. The NMMA is an organization that represents the marine industry and assists manufacturers, boat dealers, marinas, repair yards and component suppliers in areas of legislation, environmental concerns, marine business growth and state and federal government agency interaction. The third party certification that Sea Ray participates in, uses the well know Standards and Recommended Practices of the ABYC, American Boat and Yacht Council. Sea Ray Boats participates extensively in the American Boat and Yacht Council which is a non-profit organization that develops and publishes voluntary standards and recommended practices for boat and equipment design, construction, service and repair. We utilize all applicable ABYC standards in the construction of your Sea Ray boat. Finally, Sea Ray sells their products world wide and as such must conform to the various rules and regulations required by other countries. Most notably, are the ISO standards in Europe which require the application of the CE (Common European) mark. This mark, much like the NMMA certification here in the US, gives you the boat owner specific information concerning your craft. For more information, turn to Section 1 - Safety, subsections 8 and 12 which explains in detail the CE plate and its importance. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) INTRODUCTION 8. SERVICE, PARTS AND REPAIR FOR YOUR BOAT When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take it to an authorized Sea Ray” dealer. To find a dealer in your area call: Domestic: 1-800-SRBOATS Fax: 1-314-213-7878 International: 1-314-216-333 To find repair and parts facilities for the equipment installed on your boat, refer to the manual for that component. If a problem is not handled to your satisfaction: 1. Discuss any warranty-related problems directly with the service manager of the dealership or your sales person. Give the dealer an opportunity to help the service department resolve the matter for you. 2. If a problem arises that has not been resolved to your satisfaction by your dealer, contact Sea Ray® Boats at 1-800-SRBOATS and the appropriate customer service department information will be provided to you. 9, CONTACT PHONE NUMBERS & INTERNET ADDRESSES Sea Ray Boats USA Phone 1-800-SRBOATS FAX ooo, 1-314-213-7878 a www.searay.com Sea Ray Boats International ........ 1-314-216-3333 United States Coast Guard PHONE ee 1-800-368-5647 Internet ................... www.uscgboating.com Phone 1-800-336-2628 Internet ......... www.boatus.com/foundation/ Canadian Coast Guard PHONE ee 1-800-267-6687 Internet .... www.ccg-gcc.gc.ca/main_e.htm 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) ABOUT YOUR LIMITED WARRANTY Sea Ray offers an express Limited Warranty on each new Sea Ray purchased through an authorized Sea Ray dealer. A copy of the Limited Warranty was included in your owner’s packet. If for any reason, you did not receive a copy of the Limited Warranty, please contact your local dealer or call 1-800 SR BOATS for a replacement copy. Under the Limited Warranty, Sea Ray covers structural fiberglass deck or hull defects which occur with five (5) years of the date of delivery and parts founds to be defective in factory material or workmanship within one (1) year of the date of delivery. In addition, laminate blisters resulting from defects in factory material or workmanship are covered for five (5) years on a pro-rated basis. Sea Ray’s obligation under the Limited Warranty 1s limited to repair or replacement of parts that are judged defective by Sea Ray and does not include transportation, haul out, or other expenses. The foregoing is the sole and exclusive remedy provided by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover engines, stern drives, controls, propellers, batteries, trailers, or other equipment or accessories carrying their own individual warranties, nor does the Limited Warranty cover engines, parts or accessories not installed by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover cosmetic gel coat finish. Boats used for commercial purpose are excluded from coverage. See the Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty for other exclusions. SEA RAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. NEITHER SEA RAY NOR THE SELLING DEALER SHALL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OF USE OF THE BOAT, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. The unexpired term of the Limited Warranty may be transferred to a subsequent owner upon the new owner ’s written request to Sea Ray Division of Brunswick Corporation, 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville, Tennessee, 37914 and payment to Sea Ray of Fifty Dollars ($50.00). Thank you for your decision to buy a Sea Ray. The Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty is subject to change at any time at Sea Ray’s discretion. The information contained herein is general information about the Limited Warranty for the owner’s general knowledge, but does not alter or amend the terms of the Limited Warranty. Vi 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 390 MY OWNER’S MANUAL ® TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 1. This Manual eae, lil 1. Docking/Lifting/Storage rrrrirrereirer e acia aa 21 2. Your responsibilities ..............c.oo || A. Bow and Stern Cleats oo 2 + 3. Source of Information ..................——......eeeeeeeere ii B. Supporting the Boat ........................ mm... 29 4. Dealer Responsibilities Muanaenanne nen en Anne ne neCNe NE NECNECECNE EFE lil 2. Passenger LOCAUON errar 29 5. Warranties ererrr RR R RR RR RR RER R ER R RER il 3. Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ................ 24 6. Hull Identification Number (HIN) renoue 4. Propulsion System ..................... e. 2.4 7. Manufacturer's Certificate... IV 5.Propellers ....................eenin ne 2.4 8. Service, Parts and repairfor Your Boat ...................... V 6.General Deck Layout..................... 2.5 9. Contact Phone Numbers & Intemet Addresses .......... V 7 Cabin Layout... 2.6 10. Express Limited Transferable Warranty ................-.. 7 ooo 2.7 9. Control Station Gauge and Switch Layout............... 2.7 10. Function and Location of Thru-Hull Fittings and Cutouts... eee, 2.9 SECTION 1 * SAFETY 11. Major COntrolS ………………………s 2.11 1. Safety Labels eve A 1.1 A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ................... 2411 2. Legally Mandated Minimum Reguired Equipment .. 1.2 B. Engine Synchronizers (Optional) .................. 2.12 3. Fire Extinguishing Equipment ..................—.————... 1.2 С. Hydraulic Trim Tabs ...................e...00e0 0... 2.12 4. Carbon Monoxide .....................eeeriervrieerreeceerec e. 1.2 12. Important Gauges nm 214 A. Carbon Monoxide Monitors .....................—.—... 1.4 A. Hourmetet eee es 2.14 5. Life Saving Equipment .....................—..—....——— 14 B. Tachometer .......................00ii0i e 2.14 A. PFD Classifications ..............—..—.—.——.—.——————————. 14 C. Fuel Gauge ee 2.14 6. Additional recommended Equipment for D. Voltmeter ........................reeriricereecee er eee 2.14 Safe Operation peones 1.5 E. Oil Pressure Gauge ......................... 215 7. Impaired Operation REP 1.5 F. Water Temperature Gauge............................ 2 45 8. Load Capacity PUPP ee 1.5 G. Magnetic Compass ................................ 215 9. Power Capacity RP 1.6 H. Systems Monitor ............................ 216 10. Stability .….….........…..…érrecreecreee rer ea een rene naar na 1.6 Display Control Module (DCM) 11. Maintain Control... 1.7 Function Table 218 A. General Considerations ............................... 1.7 |. Engine Monitoring System (EMS) .................. 2.19 21. Weather ...........ooi RKERER KK EEKEE EEG 1.7 J. Sea Ray Navigator (SRN) (Optional) .............. 2.19 A. Ocean ceva 1.8 13. Navigation and Anchor Lights ............................. 220 B. Offshore ......................eeee A 1.8 A. Console Dimmer ...........................erecceeceerezs 220 C.INShOKE .....eee EKKRR KR KK EEG 1.8 14. Switch & Receptacle Layout …………………….….….……. 221 D. Sheltered Waters ........................—..—..——— 18 45, Lighting Layout ........................ es 2.24 13.Chart Your Course .....................eeeeeeeerrieer e 1.9 14. Water Sports .......................e.eevriiirccieeree DD 1.9 A. Swimming eee eee reer ere reer 19 SECTION 3 + Usinc Your BOAT B. SKiiNG cee KRRERRKRERRK KERN 1.9 OD a rence 110 1.Pre-Launch, Launch and Post-Launch Checklist ..... 3.1 15. Emergency Situations esse 1.10 2. Fueling The Boat …….….…..….....…...….....…..crrecsserensecsnere 3.2 A. Medical Emergency 1.10 A General ......oooee RR 3.2 B. Water RESCUE «ooo eee, 1.11 B. Filing The Tank ................—...e.een 3.2 Ce Fire cece, 1.11 C. After FINinG .……….….….receeeeeenenençnçnnnçnnn 3.2 D. Flooding, Swamping and Capsizing ............... 1.11 3. BOAFdiNG ….....….…......……..crrrrerccararer cena re nacre 3.3 E. Collisions and Leaking ………………………………….…….………. 1.12 4. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD) 3.3 F. Grounding ................ eee 1.12 5.Passenger Instruction and Location ................... 3.3 G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure .......... 1.12 6. Starting The Engines ......................eevv0reeeeereeeee 3.4 16. Safety Hotlines ........................... 1.12 7.Shifting to Drive The Boat 3.6 17. International Requirements .............................. 1.13 8.Stopping The Engines ...........................e—— 3.7 18. Nautical terms ..................... e 1.13 9. Starting The Generator... 3.7 19. Environmental Considerations ........................... 1.14 10.Stopping The Generator ..........................——— 3.8 20. Warning Label Locations ....................e-..—.e=e==vv... 1.15 11. Shore Power Hookup PS 3.8 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 390 MY OWNER’S MANUAL ® TABLE OF CONTENTS 12. Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power .... 3.9 13. Steering System ……..…...….…….....……….eesrrreccneseecceues 3.10 A. Auto Pilot (Optional) es 3.10 14. ANCROFING cei sara een esse eee 3.10 A. Anchoring Arrangement.......................=...——.. 3.10 B. ANCNOFMNNG ..….........…........nesrreserre ere a asc re ses annee 3.11 C. Lowering Anchor essences 3.11 D. Setting Anchor ……..…...….….....…cerereerccneseene 3.11 E. Weighing Anchor …….…..…...…..…….…ressecssenenss 3.12 F. Clearing À Fouled Anchor ser 3.12 С. А Final Word eek nca neree 3.12 15. WindlasS re ner esrr sen rene rene 00e 3.12 A. To Operate From The Helm .......................... 3.13 B. To Operate From The Bow ........................... 3.13 C. To Operate Manually reee... 3.13 D. Maintenance ….….......…........…..rsercssecsserenss 3.13 16. Bow Thruster (Optional) 3.14 SECTION 4 * BILGE AND UNDERWATER GEAR SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM 1. Fuel SySteEM are De 5.1 A. Fuel Tank coo, 5.1 В. Fuel Fill Inlet eK EEE 5.1 C. Fuel Vent EEE 5.1 2. Fuel Recommendations .....................eeeeeeeeereecceee D.2 3. Electric Fuel Valve ..................._eereeee 5.2 4. Fuel Filters..….......…..……..…….crrecrereserase caserne case encens 5.2 A. Fuel Filters (Diesel Option) ..................———..... 5.2 B. Generator Fuel Filter (Diesel Option) ............... 5.3 C. Fuel Filter Maintenance .......................eee..... 5.3 5. Fueling Precautions .......................e.......eeee en, 5.4 A. General ……..….....…...….crrresserecseeeessea casa annees 5.5 В. Before & During Fueling - Checklist ................ 5.5 C. After Fueling - Checklist ..................... 5.5 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. DC System ................eereeecircececeneceneeneeeeens5esse nee. 6.1 1. Bilge .................eeeericicereeee reee e ee e e e er eres 4.1 2. Batteries ......................eieeeeeceeeeeene ee 6.1 A. Fuel a Oil Spillage .........................—.—— 4.1 А. То Remove The Battery Cables ...................... 6.2 2. Bilge Pumps ...................eeeeeeeericiieeee ee e RD DDD 4.1 B. Battery Maintenance .........................ee_...... 6.2 3. Bilge Blowetrs ....................errrcriccreneecanereoeeceneaceen——. 4.2 3. Main DC Breaker Panel ....................e...eeeeeiericee 6.2 4. Engines .....................eiiiiiee RR eee 43 4.Battery Switches and Solenoids ............................ 6.2 A. Fresh Water Cooling System ........................ 4.3 A. Main battery Solenoids .………….....…...….…..…...….……… 6.2 B. Coolant Recommendations ............................ 4.3 B. Bow Thruster Solonoid ....................e.eeeveeerieces 6.3 5. Engine Mounts ....................erireererrrern Ds 43 5.Control Station Breaker Panels ............................. 6.5 6. Marine Gears .................e..eevrervecrciorecenecene eee. 4.4 6. Electrical System Fuse Blocks and Breaker .......... 6.5 A. Reduction Gears er 4.4 7.12 Volt Accessory Receptacle ..........................—... 6.6 B. Reverse Gears ..................eeceevcrerececccrcenenecenos 4.4 8. Emergency Start System ................e..e.eeeeeieeeeceecees 6.6 7. Engine Exhaust system .....................=...eeemeeeeeee 4.4 9. Electronics Circuit .................—..e...=.eeeeeeeiree 6.6 8. Vibrations 6 Causes ................ereeesierecrecerecreneceeno. 4.4 10. AC System ................eeeercerecececoereneecenesceoecenen<.. 6.6 A. Foreign Object Interferring With 11. DC Distribution Panel... 6.7 Propeller Action ...................._....ieeerein 4.4 12. Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ................... 6.7 В. Bent Propeller and/or Shatft .......................... 4.5 A. To Replace A Faulty Component On The Main C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ................. 4.5 Distribution Panel 6.7 D. Coupling Out of true 4.5 13. Generator........cccv eevee, 6.10 E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure .................. 4.5 A. Generator Operation 6.10 F. Other Possible Causes …………..…………..…………..……….………………… 4.5 14. Shore Power .......................r.erereerercrcccereee e 6.10 9. Oil Exchange System (Optional) 4.5 A. Isolation Transformer ee 6.10 A. Operating Instructions ……………………………………….……….…… 4.5 B. IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ................... 6.10 10.Underwater Gear .....................eeerrrccorccecereee eee 4.6 C. Glendinning Cablemaster ........................eeee.. 6.11 A. Propeller eK 4.6 D. Shore Power Breaker Box ............................. 6.11 B. ShaftS …….…..….…….….…rrrrrssessssss sas ar era a are neee 4.9 E. Shore Power Hookup 6.12 C. Carrier Seal Kit ………....…..…………………reeseeeuces 4.9 F. Maintenance for Shore Power Cable Set & D.Strut ooo, 4.10 Shore Power Inlets 6.12 11. Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box ………………….…..….…… 4.10 15. Battery Chargers i, 6.13 12. Seacocks & Strainers…….….….……....…..…….……rsressernnre 4,11 A. Charging Characteristics ee 6.13 13. Hydraulic Power Steering Control ....................... 4.12 B. Charging Characteristics of the Bow Thruster 14. Bilge Layout .....................eeeiiriiicciiee e DA 4.13 Battery Charger .....................eeeeeeeeeeereeeeee 6.13 16. Halogen Lighting erreurs 6.14 Vili 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 390 MY OWNER’S MANUAL ® TABLE OF CONTENTS 17. Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GF) ........... 6.15 18. Electrolytic Corrosion and Zinc Anodes .............. 6.15 19. AC & DC Electrical Schematics SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 1. Layout and Accessories ...................ee2eeeíveeerceeeeee 7.1 2. Carbon Monoxide Monitors 7.1 A. Testing The CO Monitor ..................... eee... 7.1 3. Air Conditioning & Heating 7.1 A. To Start System …..…..…...…......…...…recserecseeccnerees 7.3 4. Water System ................eereveeeciececcrnreeeeneeee De. 7.3 A. WatertanK..........coooiiiiii K EHEN 7.3 Filling The Water Tank ee 7.3 To Begin Initial OperatiON «u 7.5 Sanitizing The System ee 7.5 B. Water Pumps & Filters 7.5 C. Water System Pressurization ........................ 7.5 D. Water Distribution Manifold ............................ 7.6 E.WaterHeater..........cc.oveeiiiin eee 7.6 Initial Start-Up or After Winterization ................ 7.7 F. Fresh Water Washdown ................................ 7.7 G. Dockside Water Inlet ................................. 7.7 To Use The System .................eneereeecrcreeceeneees 7.8 H. Transom ShOwer ...............=.eeeseriecierreceececeeees 7.8 |. Gray Water SUMmbp ...............e.eeeeerecereceeieereneeee. 7.8 J. Gray Water Drain Lines 7.9 5. Head System ……....…….....…....…rrreccsrrecenerrecansre nca e 7.9 A. Requirement for Vessel Operators .................. 7.9 B. Vacu*-Flush Head ...................eeeeccccccereccccee. 7.10 To Operate Vacu*-Flush Head .................. 7.10 C. Holding tank Operation ..................... 7.10 Dockside Pump-Out es 7.11 D. Vent Filter ……...…...........…...…ccreersecrsecnre ner annees 7.11 6. Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock Interlock System (Optional) 7.12 To Operate the Macerator ....................... 7.12 Maintenance..............ccooeiviici iii, 7.12 7.Communication System .................e.=.eeeeeveeeeeeecees 7.13 A. Dockside Telephone Hookup ..................—..... 7.13 To Connect Telephone System ................ 7.13 8. Entertainment Centers ces 7.13 A. Salon Entertainment Center ......................... 7.13 B. Forward Stateroom Entertainment (Optional) . 7.13 C. Master Stateroom Entertainment .................. 7.13 D. Cockpit Entertainment .......................e.e...... 7.13 E. Dockside Television Hookup …………….……….…………… 7.13 To Connect Cable Television .................... 7.13 F. TV Signal Selector ....................e..=ieeeeee 7.14 9. Automatic Fire Extinguisher ...................——..—...—.. 7.14 A. Gasoline Engine Boats 7.14 B. Diesel Engine Boats ……….……....…..……....…..……….….…. 7.14 C. Manual Fire Extinguishing System ............... 7.15 D. Hand Held Extinguishers ........................... 7.15 10. Útility Room een K RK ERK RK ER KERN 7.16 11. Bow Thruster (Optional) ee 7.16 12. Refrigerator/FreeZel 7.17 A. Cockpit Ice Maket essen 7.17 13. Coffee Maker ......................eeeevriccerecerreecerec e. 7.17 14. Stove 6 Microwave .....................verirrreceereceee. 7.18 A. Electric Stove... een K EEE 7.18 B. Microwave/Convection Oven ......................... 7.18 15. Power Ventilation System ....................-..exreee.... 7.18 16. Central Vacuum System (Optional) .................... 7.18 17. Washer & Dryer (Optional) 7.18 17. Salon Ottomans .....................ee2eeeeeeerreeereeeeeeeee.s 7.18 18. Shore Power .......................eeervriierierree cree. 7.19 A. Maintenance For Shore Power Cable Set & Shore Power Inlets .....................—_..... 7.19 19. Expandable Salon Sofa ...................eeeeeeexrieecees 7.19 20. Expandable Bunk... 7.19 21. HOM ER ERKERRRKKKERREKERKEREEKEEKEEG 7.19 22. CANVAS EEE 7.20 A. Care & Maintenance Eee 7.20 B. Storage ...............—..eenesiecieeneerreeneneereeeee ne. 7.20 C. Installation TipS ...................-.eeeeeeeiiieeeeeee_s 7.20 23. FloorPlan ...........coooiiii ee cee crane crea nee 7.21 SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION 1. Summary Guide For Inspection, Service and Maintenance ….….….….…..…...…..….…..….…srsrsrsrenesensn ns 8.1 2. Useful Service Information …….….…….…….……….…………….…….………………. 8.3 3. Inspection, Service and Maintenance Protocol ........ 8.4 À. Bilge Area ee 8.4 MO aie rer RER RR ERER RR ERERRRRRRRER RER RE 8.4 2.ENQINE o.oo, 8.4 3. Fuel System .......ccooooiiii EEK EE 8.4 4. Wiring System ...................e.eeemieeeeenieee 8.5 5. Fittings, Hoses and Clamps ....................... 8.5 B. Topside and Supplies 8.5 4. Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land.... 8. A.BoatStorage .........coovveiiiiiiii 8.5 B. Engines ...................=.eeíieeerreeerenereeeeren ere 8.5 C. Battery(ies) ………….…..……....……..………rrrccrsreccrecaeneee 8.5 D. Head System …….....….....……...rrrrccrssereanerecennere 8.6 Е. Water System ……..….....…....……..eecrserenseeccnneeees 8.6 F. Fuel System …..…..…......….....…cecrrreccnserecaerec canne 8.6 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 390 MY OWNER’S MANUAL ® TABLE OF CONTENTS 5. Fitting Out After Storage esse 8.7 A. Fuel System erste 8.7 B. Battery (ies) …….….……...……..….……..…….crrrerseccnerenneces 8.7 C. Miscellane@0US ae 8.7 6. Security Considerations creer 8.7 7. Seacock Lubrication secs 8.8 8. Engine Oil Change System viii, 8.8 A. Gas coin 8.8 B. Diesel (Optional) ..................................ee0 0... 8.8 9. Quick Reference Checklist .....................-eeeem..——.. 8.9 A. Boarding the Boat... 8.9 General ….…...….......…...ecrserrecaeereeca sara ce neneennes 8.9 Boat Systems .........cocooiiiiiii i, 8.9 ENGINE ooo R KR ER KR EEGG 8.9 B. Preparing to Depart and After Launching ....... 8.10 General ..................eeeeiecreccnereereceocee reee ee_ es 8.10 ENGINE o.oo, 8.10 Starting the Engine ..................... reee... 8.10 C. While Underway ..................e.evereieiierrencc0. 8.11 General .................eeeiiciericcceeere cerro 8.11 Boat Systems .................eeeeveerercreeecereeeeene. 8.11 ENGINE o.oo, 8.11 D. Retuming to Port ..................... eee 8.11 General ........coooviiiiii ERR KR KEG 8.11 Boat Systems .................eeeeveerercreeecereeeeene. 8.11 ENGINE AR R RR KR K RER KRK EEE 8.11 E. Securing the Boat................. eee 8.12 General ..................eeeeiecreccnereereceocee reee ee_ es 8.12 Boat Systems .................ereveeeciereeneeeeeeee. 8.12 ENGINE o.oo, 8.12 F. If the Engine Does Not Start ........................ 8.12 No Motor Response ...................ee=eeeeeeeeecces 8.12 Starter Motor Responds, But No Ignition ....... 8.12 G. Operating the Generator ......................—...... 8.13 Starting the Generator .......................e..eeee0.. 8.13 Stopping the generator ...................——............. 8.13 10. After Market Equipment Checklist ...................... 8.14 11. Maintenance Log .....................2..... 200 ee, 8.15 SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING 1. Maintenance & Reconditioning .......................—.—.—.—.. 9.1 2. Paint Cleaning Agents & Other Substances ........... 9.1 3. Fiberglass & GelCOA ee, 9.1 A. About Colored GelcoatS es 9.1 B. Permanently Moored or Docked Boats ........... 9.2 C. Keep Bilge Area DIy .....................eeenmiieenes 9.2 4. Stains & Scratches .................erexeeereeeeeeeereceereeeene.. 9.2 5. Permanently Moored or Docked Boats ................... 9.2 6. Care For Bottom Paint .............ccccooii niin 9.2 7.Bilge/Engine Compartments ......................==ee... 9.3 8. Topside Areas ....................eereecceercecreeoereeeeeeeee eee 9.3 A. Stainless Steel and Alloy Fittings ................... 9.3 В. Salt Crystals ..................eeeeeeeneeiecrecceneeeeeeeee_.. 9.3 9. Gauge & Switch Panels serrer 9.3 10. Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ............... 9.4 11. Canvas and Clear Vinyl ................... reee 9.4 12. Exterior Upholstery Fabric 9.4 13. Interior Uphoistery Fabric eee... 9.4 Information in this publication is based upon the latest product specifications available at printing. Sea Ray® Boats, Inc. reserves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in the colors, equipment, specifications, materials and prices of all models, or to discontinue models. Should changes in production models be made, Sea Ray® is not obligated to make similar changes or modifications to models sold prior to the date of such changes. 390 Motor Yacht Owner's Manual Printed in the U.S.A - August, 2002, Revised February 2003 O Sea Ray Boats, Inc. * A Brunswick Company MRP #1690338 The following are registered trademarks of the Brunswick Corporation: Sea Ray® & The SR Wave Logo 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY Safe Boating Means: Knowing the limitations of your boat; * Following the rules of the road; * Keeping a sharp lookout for people and objects in the water; Not boating in water or weather conditions that are beyond the boat's and the operator's capability; * Never go boating when the operator is under the influence of drugs or alcohol; Being aware of your passenger’s safety at all times; and Reducing speed when there is limited visibility, rough water, nearby people in the water, boats, or structures. Boating in beautiful weather and calm water conditions can be a wonderful experience. Pleasurable boating, however, requires considerably greater skills than operating a land vehicle. To obtain these skills, you must: e Take a Coast Guard, U.S. Power Squadron or equivalent boating safety course. Call the Boat/ U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 for information on available courses. (Get hands-on training on how to operate your boat properly. In addition: Maintain your boat and its safety and other systems as recommended in this manual. Have the boat inspected by a qualified mechanic or dealer, at least annually. Ensure that the Coast Guard required safety equipment is on board and functions. (See page iv). 1. SAFETY LABELS Safety precautions are given throughout this manual and labels are mounted at key locations throughout the boat. This safety information advises the owner/ operator and passengers of imperative safety precautions to follow when operating and/or servicing equipment. Figures 1.15.1 thru 1.19.1 show the location of the safety labels on your boat. Do not remove or obstruct any safety label. * Replace any label which becomes illegible. Replacement safety labels can be obtained by calling your dealer or Sea Ray at 1-800- SRBOATS for information on how to contact the manufacturing facility for your boat. The meaning associated with each of the four basic types of label is: f в A DANGER DANGER - Immediate hazards which WILL result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored. J f A WARNING - Hazards or unsafe practices which COULD result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored. CAUTION —- Hazards or unsafe practices which could result in minor injury or product or property damage if the warning is ignored. NOTICE Information which is important to proper operation or maintenance, but is not hazard-related. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 1.1 SECTION 1 * SAFETY 2. LEGALLY MANDATED MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIPMENT Consult your national boating law enforcement agency. The following equipment is the minimum required by the U.S. Coast Guard for a boat from 26’ to less than 40’ [7.9 meters to less than 12.2 meters] in length. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s): One Coast Guard approved Type |, Il or lll device is mandatory for each person aboard. One throwable Type IV device is also required to be on board. A Type V device is acceptable if worn for approved use. See Page 1.4 for a description of these PFD classifications. Always wear a PFD when boating. NOTICE \. A PFD REQUIREMENTS DIFFER N Depending on the state or country of operation the operator of a vessel may be fined for failure to comply with local or national rules regarding PFD usage. J Fire Extinguisher - Portable: With a fixed fire extinguishing system installed in the engine and generator spaces, the American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC) recommends that you have three (3) Type B-I ABC fire extinguishers on board, one each located at the helm station and outside the engine compartment and in the galley. Whistle, Horn: You must have on board some means of making a loud sound signal, for example, whistle or horn. Visual Distress Signals: If you operate your boat in coastal waters or on the Great Lakes, you must have visual distress signals for day and night use on board. At least three (3) U.S. Coast Guard approved pyrotechnic devices marked with date showing service life must be carried, be readily accessible, in serviceable condition and not expired. Store pyrotechnic signals in a well-marked waterproof container in a dry location. Other: Your Sea Ray is equipped with the required navigation lights, engine exhaust and ventilation systems. 3. FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM Your boat is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system. Located in the engine compartment. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head in the engine compartment will release a fire-extinguishing vapor, totally flooding the area. The dashboard contains an indicator light for the automatic fire extinguishing system. The light will be ON when the ignition is on and indicates that the system is ready. If the light goes out while the ignition IS on, the system has discharged. WHEN DISCHARGE OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO THE FIRE AND THE FIRE COULD RESTART. Wait at least fifteen (15) minutes before opening the engine compartment. This permits the fire- extinguishing vapor to “soak” the compartment long enough for hot metals and fuels to cool. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready to use in case the fire reignites. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire. 4. CARBON MONOXIDE f в A DANGER Fumes from engine, generators, and other equipment and appliances using burning fuel contain carbon monxide. Carbon Monoxide can kill you. Open all doors, curtains, windows, and hatches to let fresh air circulate, when running engine, generator or burning any fuel when boat is anchored, moored or docked. \. J 1.2 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY 1 N ÆA DANGER Even in rainy cold weather ventilation must be maintained to avoid Carbon Monoxide poisoning. You will get wet and/or cold. J ÆA DANGER Sleeping on boat requires an operating Carbon Monoxide detection system in each sleeping location. Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are dizziness, ears ringing, headaches, nausea and unconsciousness. A poisoning victim's skin often turns cherry red. Because carbon monoxide gas (CO) is odorless, colorless and tasteless, it is unlikely to be noticed until a person is overcome. Dangerous concentrations of carbon monoxide will be present if: * the engine and/or generator exhaust systems leak; insufficient fresh air is circulating where people are present; and fumes move from the rear of the boat into the cockpit and cabin area. Figure 1.3.1 gives examples of boat operating conditions that can lead to high concentrations of carbon monoxide gas. To minimize the danger of CO accumulation when the engine and/or generator are running, or using burning fuel applications. Be sure to have sufficient ventilation when using canvas or window-type side curtains when underway, anchored, moored or docked. If the convertible top is installed, operate with the forward hatch open and leave cabin door open. Operate all burning fuel appliances, such as charcoal, propane, LPG, CNG or alcohol cooking devices in areas where fresh air can circulate. Do not use such devices where there IS No noticeable air movement, especially in the cabin, when anchored, moored or docked. | EXAMPLES Or How HicH LEVELS Or CARBON MONOX] (Fıc. 1.3.1) i BLOCKED HULL EXHAUSTS. OPERATING AT SLOW SPEED OR RUNNING ENGINES WHILE MOORED OR DOCKED. ILLUSTRATION #A DE MAY ACCUMULATE OPERATING ENGINE AND/OR GENERATOR IN CONFINED SPACES. ILLUSTRATION #D USING CANVAS CURTAINS WITHOUT PROPER AIRFLOW. ILLUSTRATION HB WINDS BLOWING EXHAUST TOWARD ILLUSTRATION #C BOAT OCCUPANTS. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY e Donotidle engine without moving boat for more than 15 minutes at a time. Inspect the exhaust system regularly. (See Section 8, Required Inspection, Service and Maintenance. If CO poisoning is suspected, have the victim breath fresh air deeply. If breathing stops, resuscitate. A victim often revives, then relapses because organs are damaged by lack of oxygen. Seek immediate medical attention. A. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR Your boat has carbon monoxide (CO) monitors mounted throughout the boat . The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects CO. When there is a buildup of CO, the monitor will alert the occupants by a flashing DANGER light and alarm. The CO monitor is wired through a breaker on the DC distribution panel. It is extremely important that you become totally familiar with your CO monitor and its functions. Read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions located in your Owner’s Manual Packet. S. LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT Even strong swimmers can tire quickly in the water and drown due to exhaustion, hypothermia, or both. The buoyancy provided by a personal flotation device (PFD) will allow the person who has fallen overboard to remain afloat with far less effort and heat loss, extending survival time necessary to find and retrieve them. Boat operators are required to carry one wearable personal flotation device (Type |,II,!I! or V) for every person on board. Boats must also have at least one throwable device (Type IV). The law requires that PFD’s must be readily accessible, if not worn. “Readily accessible” means removed from storage bags and unbuckled. But, children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard. It is common sense to have everyone on board wearing PFDs. A throwable device must also be right at hand and ready to toss. A. PFD CLASSIFICATIONS Off-Shore Life Jacket (Type |) — most buoyant, it is designed to turn an unconscious person face up; used in all types of waters where rescue may be slow, particularly in cold or rough conditions. q J (Fic. 1.4.1) Near-Shore Life Vest (Type Il) — “keyhole” vest with flotation-filled head and neck support is also designed to turn a person face и up, but the turning action is not as pronounced; used in calm, Inland waters or where quick | J rescue is likely. Flotation Aid (Type Ill) — vest is [(Fic. 1.4.3) designed so conscious wearers can turn face up; often designed for comfort while engaged in sports such as skiing. Na J Throwable Devices (Type IV) — (Fic. 1.4.4) horseshoe buoys, ring buoys and buoyant cushions are designed to be grasped, not worn. Special-Use Devices (Type V) — sallboat harnesses, white-water vests, float coats, and hybrid vests which have minimum inherent buoyancy and an inflatable chamber. 1.4 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY Before purchasing PFDs, ensure that there is an attached tag indicating they are approved by the U.S. Coast Guard or by your national boating law enforcement agency. Children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard. All passengers and crew should wear them. A loose PFD is often useless in an emergency. The operator is responsible for instructing everyone aboard on the location and use of PFDs. Size PFDs for the wearer. Children require special attention in the use of PFDs. Test PFD buoyancy at least once a year. 6. ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT FOR SAFE OPERATION In addition to legally mandated equipment, the following items are necessary for safe boating, especially if your boat is out of sight of land. e First ald kit Visual distress signals for day and night use (required in some areas; consult local regulations) Charts of your intended cruising area * Compass e GPS or Loran position locating devices e Marine VHF radio with weather channels * Emergency Position-Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) Manual bilge pump Moisture repellant * Anchors, chain and line (The anchors must be properly sized for your boat. Ask your dealer or marine supply store for recommendations). e Mooring lines e Fenders * Boat hook * Waterproof flashlight(s) Extra batteries for flashlights and portable electronic devices * High power spotlight, if you intend to boat at night * Spare keys * Instruction manuals for engine and accessories Lubricating oll e Toolkit: - Assorted screwdrivers (Phillips and flat blade) - Pliers (regular, vise-grip, and tongue & groove) - Wrenches (box, open-end, allen, adjustable) - Socket set (metric or U.S. Standard as appropriate) - Electrical tape and duct tape - Hammer - Utility Knife * Spare parts kit (spark plugs, fuses, hose clamps and ask your dealer to recommend other parts) * Extra propeller 7. IMPAIRED OPERATION Drugs and/or alcohol will prevent you from operating your boat safely. This single factor is involved in more marine accidents and deaths than any other. The detrimental effects of alcohol and drugs are Increased by the wind, waves and sun, quickly impairing your ability to react properly and promptly in an emergency. f A Drugs and/or alcohol impair the operator’s ability to control the boat safely. Death or serious injury can result from improper boat operation. \. J 8. LOAD CAPACITY The certification plate (See fig. 1.6.1) located near the helm indicates maximum weight and number of persons your boat can handle under calm sea conditions. Do not exceed the load capacities stated. The number of people on board must be 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 1.5 SECTION 1 * SAFETY reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough water. The information present on the certification plate does not relieve the operator from responsibility. Use common sense and sound judgement when placing equipment and/or passengers in your boat. BUILDER” S PLATE | (Fıc. 1.6.1) BOAT MANUFACTURER MFR’S MODEL DESIGNATION / \ ( Sea Ray Boats 390 MY 0609 AT MAXIMUM XT IMCL, A ° в [15+ = 1,815 ко 7 \ / = > 7x MAXIMUM NUMBER MAXIMUM LOAD Phd DESIGN №. OF PASSENGERS CAPACITY CATEGORY — NS | == When engine is running, keep passengers away from areas not designed for riding, such as seat backs, bow, gunwales, transom platform, swim platform, front and rear decks and on sun pads. Passengers can fall overboard if not seated properly | on the seats provided. | f в ÆA DANGER Never carry more weight or passengers than indicated on the certification plate, regardless of weather or water conditions. The boat can capsize, swamp or sink. J Do not load to capacity in poor weather or rough water. * The number of seats does not indicate how many people a boat can carry in poor weather and rough water. * Above idle speed, all passengers must be seated on the seats provided. 9. POWER CAPACITY The engine options available for your boat have been selected as the best suited for general use for this size boat. Do not install an engine larger than the largest option available. Your boat will be difficult to handle and will be less stable. Your Sea Ray® has been equipped with a propeller which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use with our engine under normal conditions and load. Do not change the pitch of your propeller without getting your dealer’s recommendations first. If you change to a different propeller pitch, under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at higher than recommended RPM. (your engine manual specifies the maximum recommeded (RPM). To maintain rated power, propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer. It is advisable to carry an extra propeller aboard in case you damage the one in use. 10. STABILITY Your boat was manufactured to specific stability and flotation standards for the capacity shown on the certification plate. Any increase from the f A Distribute passengers and gear as uniformly as possible from front to rear and left to right. The manufacturer’s load rating is the maximum allowed under calm conditions. Reduce boat loading if weather, water or other conditions are adverse. = J 1.6 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY recommended load capacities will put your boat in jeopardy of capsizing, swamping and/or sinking. IN ADDITION: e Stability may be substantially reduced if equipment is added above the deck. e Stability is substantially reduced by loose fluids or weight within the hull. Keep bilge area as dry as possible, and close all openings, hatches and windows in rough weather. 11. MAINTAIN CONTROL On the water there are no marked traffic lanes, no traffic signs or lights, and boats have no turn signals. The boat operator must keep his or her attention focused not only on what's ahead but what's on the left, right and behind the boat. The operator must always be alert to approaching boats (from the rear, right and left sides, as well as those ahead). There can be people in the water, partially submerged debris, and other navigational hazards such as rocks, sand bars and dangerous currents, to name a few. Your passengers are relying on you to operate and maneuver the boat safely so that they are not in danger of going overboard. If you turn to quickly, Increase or decrease speed abruptly, your passengers are at risk of being thrown overboard or thrown about the boat. When visibility becomes impaired because of weather, time of day or high bow angle you must slow down so that you have sufficient time to react if an emergency occurs. Nearby boats face similar risks in avoiding a collision with you. A. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS e Know how your boat handles under different conditions. Recognize your limitations and the boat’s limitations. Modify speed in keeping with weather, sea and traffic conditions. Instruct passengers on location and use of safety equipment and procedures. Instruct passengers on the fundamentals of operating your boat in case you are unable to do so. * You are responsible for passenger’s actions. If they place themselves or the boat in danger, Immediately correct them. Observe the safety rules listed below. f A Death or serious injury can result if you fail to observe these safety rules: * Anyone who controls the boat must have taken a boating safety course and have trained in the proper operation of the boat. Always operate the boat at speeds that will not put people or property in danger. * Be constantly aware of conditions in all directions when underway and before turning. * Reduce speed, use a lookout to identify possible hazards or difficulties, and turn on navigation lights when: - visibility is impaired; - in rough water; and - in congested waterways. * Watch your wake. It can capsize a small boat or damage moored boats or other property. You are responsible for damage caused by your wake. 12. WEATHER There are four design categories of boats based upon their ability to withstand wind and sea or water conditions. Your boat rating is displayed on the builders plate located near the helm. Do not operate your boat beyond the conditions listed for your boats rating. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 1.7 SECTION 1 * SAFETY A Ocean Wind speed: above 40 knots (46 mph) Wave height: above 4 meters (13 feet) Boat may be used for extended ocean voyages. B. Offshore Maximum wind speed: 40 knots (46 mph) Maximum wave height: 4 meters (13 feet) Boat can be used offshore, but not for extended ocean voyages. C. Inshore Maximum wind speed: 27 knots (31 mph) Maximum wave height: 2 meters (6.5 feet) Boat use is limited to caostal waters, large bays, estuaries, lakes and rivers. D. Sheltered waters Maximum wind speed: 15 knots (18 mph) Maximum wave height: 0.5 meters (1.5 feet) Boat use is limited to small lakes, rivers and canals. Your 390 MY is Design Category B. The wind speed and wave height specified as the upper limit for your category of boat does not mean that you or your passengers can survive if your boat IS exposed to these conditions. It is only the most experienced operators and crew that may be able to operate a boat safely under these conditions. You must always be aware of weather conditions and head for port or protected waters in sufficient time to avoid being caught in high winds and rough water. Do not take chances! f A 4h DANGER DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOAT IN SEVERE WEATHER CONDITIONS DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY CAN OCCUR GET TO SHORE BEFORE THE WEATHER TURNS BAD J Getting caught in severe weather is hazardous. Bad weather and/or rough sea or water conditions can cause an unsafe situation. Consult local weather information, or listen to the NOAA weather reports for the latest weather conditions or any impending deterioration of the weather before setting out and while underway. Following are a few basic weather- related rules: * Check the weather forecast and the water conditions before leaving and while underway. e A sudden change in wind direction or speed or an increase in wave height indicates deteriorating weather. e Have everyone wear a personal flotation device. о [fa storm approaches, immediately seek a safe harbor. e [fa storm hits, have everyone sit in the cabin or on the cockpit deck in the boat. head the bow into the wind with enough power to maintain slow headway. If you encounter fog, determine your position, set a safe course, slow down and alert other boats of your presence with a sound signal. e [falightning storm approaches, the safest action is to dock and disembark. If you cannot return to shore, have passengers go inside the cabin and remain there until the storm passes. Lightning seeks a ground when it strikes. The best protection is a properly grounded lightning rod placed high enough over the deck to provide a protective umbrella over the hull. Depending upon the likelyhood of your being in a lightning storm, consult your dealer for installation of a lightning rod. Stay clear of the lightning rod, all attached wiring and all metal parts of the boat. Hitting an object in or under the water or boating in dangerous currents can cause serious injury or death to boat occupants. You must know where the hazards are and avoid them. In uncharted waters, boat very slowly and post a lookout. = J 1.8 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY e Stay out of the water during a lightning storm. If caught swimming during a storm, get back into the boat and remain there until the storm passes. 13. CHART YOUR COURSE To avoid boating in unsafe areas where there are underwater obstructions, shallow water, unnavigable conditions such as dangerous currents, and others, you must chart a course. This means having and using the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) charts for coastal waters, observing and understanding all navigational aids, using the knowledge and guidance of experienced boaters, and being aware of the tide times where appropriate. Shut engine off if an object is struck or if you run aground. Check for hull leaks and drive line damage, before restarting engines. Use hand pump if bilge pumps don’t remove water. Boat very slowly, if you must proceed with a damaged | drive line. | If you are in an unfamiliar area without knowledge of the hazards, proceed very slowly and have someone watch for hazards. Let others know where you are going. A float plan describes your intended cruising course and itinerary, boat description, and your expected time and date of return.Give the float plan to a friend or relative, so they can give the information to a national boat agency, like the U.S. Coast Guard, in the event you fail to return. 14. WATER SPORTS A. SWIMMING * Do not permit anyone to swim from a moving boat, or a boat with an engine running. * Many localities prohibit swimming from boats except in designated areas. e Make sure boat's engines are turned off before allowing people to swim anywhere near your boat. Shut the engine OFF and remove the key from the ignition switch so that nobody will accidentally start the engine while swimmers are nearby. * Turn off engines when taking swimmers or skiers aboard or when they are entering the water. Never permit use of the transom or swim platform while engines are running. * Slow down and look for swimmers or skiers when cruising in an area where there might be persons in the water. B. SKIING While it is unlikely that anyone would ski behind your 390 MY, it is advised that you become familiar with water skiing safety and hand signals. You will, on occasion, find yourself in the vicinity of water skiing activity. Anyone who water skis must know how to swim. e Never drive the boat directly behind a water skier. At 22 knots (25 m.p.h.), it takes only 5 seconds to overtake a fallen skier who was 60 meters (200 feet) in front. a NN SKIING SIGNALS (F16. 1.9.1) Ny 7 TURN TURN RIGHT TURN LEFT STOP ~~ —— \ OR In ON — > > OR Ts GO FASTER GO FASTER OK AFTER FALL —SKIERINWATER IN WATER CUT MOTOR BACK TO DOCK \_ J 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 1.9 SECTION 1 * SAFETY * Keep a downed skier in sight and on the operator's side of the boat when approaching the skier. Never back up to anyone in the water. Learn the signals to communicate with a skier. The skier is to control the boat through hand signals (Fig. 1.9.1). Turn — Arm raised, circle with index finger extended. Skier in Water — Extend one ski vertically out of water. Back to Dock — Pat top of head. Cut Motor — Draw finger across throat. Slow Down — Thumb pointed down or palm down, move hand up and down. Faster — Thumb pointed up or palm up, move hand up and down. OK — Raise arm and form a circle with thumb and index finger. Stop — Raise arm with palm vertical and facing forward. Turn Right — Extend arm out from body to the right. Turn Left — Extend arm out from body to the left. OK After a Fall — Clasp hands together overhead. e |f the skier suddenly releases the tow rope, it can backlash into cockpit. Spotters who are watching the skier must be aware of this fact and be prepared to deflect the rope by hand to avoid injury. C. DIvING Recognize and respect diving flags (Fig. 1.10.1). Keep at least 30 meters (100 feet) away. Sport Divers Flag — Red flag with diagonal white stripe marks a diver in the water. Code Alpha Flag — Blue and white pennant designates boat being used in dive operations. ‘Divers FLAGS (FiG. 1.10.1) CODE ALPHA FLAG FLAG SPORT DIVER'S \, J IN GENERAL When engaged in water sports, be safe and courteous to others sharing the water: Be considerate to fishermen. Do not water ski in congested areas. Keep the boat and skier away from navigation markers. о Stay well clear of other boats and skiers. ASSISTING OTHER BOATERS М. A All boaters have a legal obligation to help other boaters who are in distress, as long as rendering assistance does not endanger you, your passengers or your boat. Na J 15. EMERGENCY SITUATIONS Prevention is the safest approach. We hope that you are never involved in an emergency situation. If you are involved in an emergency situation, it is imperative that you know how to react, in order to protect the lives in your care. A. MEDICAL EMERGENCY You may be far from professional medical help when you are boating. At least two people on board your boat should be CPR certified, and should have taken a first aid course. Equip your boat with a first aid Kit. 1.10 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY B. WATER RESCUE A person who has fallen overboard will die from hypothermia in water temperatures below 70°F if not rescued quickly. Water rescue consists of three steps: returning to the victim, making contact with the victim, and getting the victim back on board. RETURNING TO THE VICTIM * Immediately make everyone aware of the Incident and keep the victim in sight. e Slow the boat and keep pointing toward the person overboard. At night, direct the best available light source at the person. * Throw a life preserver, even if the person is wearing a PFD. It will serve as another marker. MAKING CONTACT e Stop or slow the boat and circle toward the victim. Try to approach heading into the wind or into the waves. Keep the victim constantly in sight. * When almost alongside, stop the engine in gear to prevent propeller “windmilling.” GETTING BACK ABOARD e Tryto reach the victim with a pole, or by throwing a life preserver. Do not swim to rescue the victim, except as a last resort. Assist the person in boarding the boat. The person should normally be brought in over the stern. e Ifthe person is injured or cannot get into the boat, a rescuer should put on a PFD with a safety line attached to the boat and enter the water to assist the victim. Handle the victim with care. Spinal injuries may have occurred. C. FIRE Fire is a serious boating hazard. Boats will burn quickly. Do not remain on board and fight a fire for more than a few minutes. If the fire cannot be extinguished within a few minutes, abandon the boat. Have fire extinguishers handy. A small fire can be extinguished quickly with the right size and type of fire extinguisher. e Extinguish smoking materials, shut off blowers, stoves, engines and generators. Throw burning materials overboard, if possible. If the fire is accessible, empty the contents of fire extinguishers at the base of the fire. e [Ifthe fire is inthe engine compartment and you have an automatic extinguisher for the engine, wait 15 minutes before opening the compartment. Have a portable extinguisher ready in case the fire flares up. e Signal for help. Grab distress signals and survival gear. Put on PFDs. Prepare to abandon ship. D. FLOODING, SWAMPING AND CAPSIZING In the event of flooding, swamping or capsizing: Tryto shut off engines, generators and blowers, before leaving the boat. * Have everyone put on Personal Flotation Devices (PFD's). e Account for all who were on board. e |f the boat is floating stay with the boat. Hang on, or climb on the boat and signal for help. e Only as alastresort should you attempt to swim to shore - itis further away than it looks and you can tire and drown. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY E. CoLLISIONS AND LEAKING In the event of collision and leaking: * Slow down or stop to reduce water intake, unless maintaining speed will keep the hole above water. e Switch on bilge pumps. Account for everyone on board and check for injurys. * Have everyone put on PFDs. e Stay with the boat. e Signal for help. If a leak patch is attempted, it should be done from the outside. In the event of a collision, you are required to file an accident report. Contact a state enforcement agency or the nearest Coast Guard office. If you are boating outside of U.S. waters, consult the nation you are visiting for accident reporting requirements. F. GROUNDING In the event of running aground: Check for leaks. If water is coming in, stop the intake of water before attempting to get the boat free. e Inspect for damage to the hull, propulsion and steering systems. * Determine if the tide, wind and current will drive the boat harder aground or will help to free it. * Determine the water depth all around the boat, and the type of bottom (sand, mud, rocks, etc.). If it can be done without exposing persons to risk of injury, the boat should be moved away from hard obstructions and toward open water with soft ground. ® Do not attempt to have your boat towed by other than a trained and competent service, such as the Coast Guard or a salvage company. Recreational craft are not designed to tow other recreational craft. G. PROPULSION, CONTROL OR STEERING FAILURE: If the drive train fails, or controls or steering do not respond properly at all: * Shut off engine. e Put out the anchor to prevent drifting. * Determine whether or not you can repair the problem yourself. See the proper manuals for assistance in troubleshooting the engine, steering and engine controls. e |f you are not sure you can fix the problem, or if conditions are adverse, signal for help. 16. SAFETY HOTLINES The safety information in the preceeding pages gives only the general areas of concern for boating safety. It is not intended to be, nor can it be, exhaustive. You must take a boating safety course, and get hands-on instruction in the proper and safe operation of your boat from experienced persons before cruising. The U.S Coast Guard offers many pamphlets on safety and other information not covered in this book. Contact your local Coast Guard unit or call the toll- free safety hotlines below for information. * U.S. Coast Guard 1-800-368-5647 e (Canadian Coast Guard 1-800-267-6687 In other countries, ask your marine dealer for information on how to contact the national boating law enforcement agency. 1.12 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY 17. INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS This vessel and its systems have been constructed in accordance with standards and specifications in effect at the time of manufacture as published by the various regulatory authorities listed below. 1. Ministere De La Mer - France 2. Registro Italiano Navale - Italy 3. Det Norske Veritas - Norway 4. Securite des Nauires - Canada 5. J.C.l. (Japan Craft Inspection) - Japan 6. N.K.K. (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) - Japan 7. B.S.1. (British Standards Institute) - England 8. Ministerio Obras Publicas Y Transportes - Spain 9. EC Recreational Craft Directive - European Community. Further information concerning these requirements may be obtained from Sea RayS Customer Service: 1-800-SRBOATS. 18. NAUTICAL TERMS Abeam — object 90 degrees to center line on either side of boat. Abaft — a point on a boat that is aft of another. Aft — toward the rear or stern of the boat. Beam — the width of a boat. Bow — the fore part of a boat. Bow Eye — Bolt with looped head mounted on extreme forward part of bow. Bulkhead — vertical partition in a boat. Chine — meeting juncture of side and bottom of boat. Chock — deck fitting, used as guides for mooring or anchor lines. Also, a wedge to stop wheels from rolling. Cleat — deck fitting with arms or horns on which lines may be made fast. Cockpit — an open space from which a boat is operated. Deck — upper structure which covers the hull between gunwales. Draft — depth of water required to float boat and its propulsion system. Fathom — six feet. Fenders — rope or plastic pieces hung over the side to protect the hull from chafing. Freeboard — height of exposed hull from water line to deck. Ground tackle — general term referring to anchors, anchor lines, etc. Gunwale (pronounced gun’l) — meeting juncture of hull and deck. Hatch — an opening in deck to provide access below. Head — toilet or toilet area in a boat. Headroom — vertical distance between the deck and cabin or canopy top. Helm — steering console. Hull — the basic part of a boat that provides buoyancy to float the weight of the craft and its load. Keel — the major longitudinal member of a hull; the lowest external portion of a boat. Knot — unit of speed in nautical miles per hour. Lee — the side that is sheltered from the wind. PFD — Personal Flotation Device; life preserver. Port — term designating left side of the boat. Rudder — Movable fixture at the stern used for steering. Scupper — hole permitting water to drain overboard from deck or cockpit. Sheer — curve or sweep of the deck as viewed from the side. Snub — to check or tighten a line suddenly. Starboard — term designating right side of the boat Stern — the aft end of a boat. Stern drive — outboard unit of an inboard/outboard (1/0) engine installation. Stringer — longitudinal members fastened inside the hull for additional structural strength. Transom — transverse part of stern. Wake — disturbed water that a boat leaves behind as a result of forward motion. Windward — toward the direction from which the wind is blowing. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 1.13 SECTION 1 * SAFETY 19. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS A. FUEL & OIL SPILLAGE Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. Acommon violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore. If there is much fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard. Help protect your waters. Fill tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion. B. WASTE DISPOSAL Many areas prohibit overboard sewer discharge. Close and disable flow-through waste systems to prevent discharge in such areas. Bagall refuse until it can be disposed of ashore. Regulations prohibit disposal of plastic anywhere in the marine environment and restrict other garbage disposal within specified distances from shore. f A NOTICE A. J * There is a possibility of being fined for having an operable direct overboard discharge of waste in some waters. Removing seacock handle, in closed position, or other means must be used to avoid fine. e lt is illegal for any vessel to dump plastic trash anywhere in the ocean or navigable waters of the United States. The Coast Guard is requiring any ocean-going boats 40 feet or larger to have a written “waste management” plan on board. While the requirement is aimed at commercial and passenger ships, there is no exception for recreational boats. “Ocean-going” means any boat going beyond the three-mile coastal U.S. boundary. The written plan can be as simple as: All vessel refuse is placed in trash bags which are stored on board until they can be disposed of in dumpsters on shore. This policy is reviewed by all crew and passengers. The person in charge of carrying out the plan is: Name: FOR BOATS WITH VACUFLUSH® HEADS ONLY Do not place facial tissues, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head. Such material can damage the waste disposal system and the environment. C. EXCESSIVE NOISE Many areas regulate noise limits. Even if there are no laws, courtesy demands that boats operate quietly. D. WAKE / WASH SPEED HAZARD - Watch your wake. It might capsize a small craft. You are responisble for damage caused by your wake. Power boat wakes can endanger people and vessels. Each power boat operator is responsible for injury or damage caused by the boat's wake. Be especially careful in confined areas such as channels or marinas. Observe “no wake” warnings. Reduce speed in congested waterway. Be alert for No Wake markers. 1.14 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 1 * SAFETY 20. 390 MY WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS = Save Our Seas It is illegal to dump plastic trash anywhere into the ocean or navigable waters of the United States. Violation of these requirements may result in civil penalty up to $25,000, a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for up to five years. PLASTIC - Includes but is not limited to: plastic bags, styrofoam cups and lids, sixpack holders, stirrers, straws, milk jugs, egg cartons, synthetic fishing nets, ropes, lines, and bio or photo degrad- able plastics. GARBAGE - Means paper, rags, glass, metal, crockery (generated in living spaces aboard the vessel-what we normally call trash), and all kinds of food, maintenance and cargo-associated waste. “Garbage” does not include fresh fish or fish parts, dish- water, and gray water. INSIDE 3 MILES (and in U.S. Lakes, Rivers, Bays and Sounds) PLASTICS DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING MATERIALS THAT FLOAT ANY GARBAGE EXCEPT DISHWATER/ GRAYWATER/FRESH FISH PARTS 3 TO 12 MILES PLASTICS DUNNAGE, LINNING AND PACKING MATERIALS THAT FLOAT ANY GARBAGE NOT GROUND TO LESS THAN ONE SQUARE INCH 12 TO 25 MILES PLASTICS DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING MATERIALS THAT FLOAT 12 TO 25 MILES PLASTICS DUNNAGE- Material used to block and brace cargo, and is considered a cargo associ- ated waste. DISHWATER- Means the lig- uid residue from the manual or automatic washing of dishes and cooking utensils which, have been pre-cleaned to the extent that any food particles adhering to them would not normally interfere with the operation of auto- matic dishwashers. GRAYWATER - Means drain- age from a dishwasher, shower, laundry, bath, and washbasin, and does not in- clude drainage from toilets, urinals, hospitals, and cargo spaces. COCKPIT WET BAR > BEHIND CABINET DOOR 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 1.15 SECTION 1 * SAFETY THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 1.16 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 390 MY Warning Label Locations 7 WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS (FiG. 1.17.1) f в STAINLESS STEEL SLIDING SWIM LADDERS SUGGESTED CARE & MAINTENANCE 12VDC - 15A MAX AFTER EACH USE: Fully extend ladder and thoroughly rinse all ladder and slide surfaces with fresh water. Pay special attention to flushing any debris and salt water from the slide areas. MONTHLY: Examine the ladder slide grooves and remove any foreign particles lodged ITH OR OPEN COUL ; S ea Ray Bo ats within the grooves. INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES INTO CABIN. APE CCOTEETT AT 390 MY Wash entire ladder, uning ONLYa clean. soft cloth. and mild soa SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTIONS hi CERTIFICATION MAXIMUM USE ABRASIVES of ABRASIVE OL EANERG! RSC NEVER CONCERNING CARBON MONOXIDE. Сеня БА ое ОНР Eee STAC NN IA A A AE DOCKSIDE WATER HOSE CONNECTED. MRP#1672112 SR-285 a rs MAN IFACTUBERS ASSOCIATION i a 1 1 ow ladder to dry after washing. ali coating of spray lubrican - RATIONAL MA ACT Ssoc = ón clear slicone crenso to ne o doo ONLY Work eb nd - DOCKSIDE WATER SHOULD BE CONNECTED THIS BOAT COMPLIES WITH 11S GDAST GUARD SAFETY 1 5 A + ' ' ‚8 5 ко forth to assure distribution of lubricant and ease of operation. DURING PERIODS OF HEAVY WATER USE ONLY. CAUTION - TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF PERSONAL INJURY ENSURE THAT ANY LUBRICANT IS CLEANED FROM LADDER MRP 852616 SR-124 CE OPTION RUNGS AND STILES PRIOR TO USE. Repair damage andor Toa any hardware thai May have become loose DOMESTIC prior to use. MRP 1573112 SR-505 Nu J UNDER HATCH 1 7 SHORE POWER WARNING / To minimize shock hazard, connect and disconnect cable as Ё follows; 1. Turn off boat's shore power switch. 2. Connect cable at boat first. 3. Ifequipped with polarity indicator which activates, disconnect and connect polarity. 4. Disconnect at shore outlet first. 5. Close inlet cover tightly. DO NOT ALTER SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTORS O — Ne ; TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR Ne DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING SWIM SR - 162 PLATFORM AND BOARDING LADDER. 7 MRP # 921759 MRP 1112879 SR-214 UNDERSIDE OF HATCH | 2. e TRANSOM DOOR MUST BE CLOSED AND SECURE WHEN SLING WARN | NG ENGINE IS RUNNING MRP 811000 SR-102 —READ THE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING THE WINDLASS. "IMPORTANT SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL INFORMATION! MRP# 1199363 SR218 —KEEP HANDS AND FEET AWAY FROM GYPSY AND NO SMOKING CHAIN AT ALL TIMES. —WHEN WINDLASS IS NOT IN USE OR BEFORE GASOLINE VAPORS ARE EXPLOXIVE USING THE HANDLE, TURN OFF THE WINDLASS AT THE MAIN SWITCH. —ENGAGE THE CHAIN STOPPER AFTER ANCHORING. LE REO) WINDLASS MUST NOT BE USED AS SOLE MEANS Refer to the engine ow here manual for OF SECURING ANCHOR IN BOW FITTING. ANCHORS additional information. MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SECURED TO PREVENT MRP 852533 SR-119A ACCIDENTAL RELEASE. —BE SURE THE CLUTCH AND THE CHAIN STOPPER ARE WELL ENGAGED BEFORE SAILING. N 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 390 MY Warning Label Locations ( N WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS (Fıc. 1.18.1) AVOID COLLISIONS * Maintain Look-out as required by the “Rules of the Road”. * Visibility can be limited by high boat trim angles. persons, gear, weather and light conditions. * At all times proceed at a Safe Speed so that you can take D ISCHARG E O F O ILP RO HIBITED proper and effective action to avoid hazardous conditions. Such issues are considered under the control of the operatror! THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THE AVOID COLLISIONS ~~ n all gasoline powered boats, engine and generator exhaust DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVIGABLE systems produce colorless and odorless carbon monoxide gas “CO”). Di I d It in CO poisoni WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES OR THE WATERS OF THE CONTIGUOUS which may be ао fatal. To prevent excess exposure and ZONE IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES J uN OR SHEEN UPON OR J: reduce the possibility of accumulations of CO in the cabin and DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A nach e bn and Corgi ases rough dato of coi SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. hatches, cabin doors, cabin windows, cockpit windshield windows VIOLATORS ARE SUBJECT TO A PENALTY OF $5,000. eabin and cockpit areas. The following conditions tend to increase the accumulation of CO in and about the boat and require the MRP # 258509 operator’s particular attention: 1. Operation at slow speeds or dead in the water. 2. Operation with a high bow angle attitude. 3. The utilizati f tops, sid tai d back [ NOTICE ] The utiliza ion of canvas tops, side curtains and bac 4. Contributing climatic condtions, such as a head wind. CHECK BATTERY CELL FUEL 5. Operation of engines and/or generator inconfined STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS || LEVEL APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 6. Any blockage of hull exhaust outlets. WEEKS AND MORE OFTEN IN Indications of excessive exposure to CO concentrations may SUMMER AND HOT ZONES include nausea, dizziness and drowsiness. DO NOT CLIMB UPON OR STORE MRP # 921759 MRP # 914341 SR-139 J DO NOT USE-Sun Pads, Boarding Ladder or Swim Platform EQUIPMENT ON HARDTOP d `` | Wiseman should be closed when engine is runningg R-193 | MRP 1017375 SR-198 | NOTICE À ON UNDERSIDE OF HATCH LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND EZPLOSION THIS BOAT 1S EQUIPPED WITH HAZARD, INSPECT SYSTEM REGULARY. AN OPTIONAL DIRECT OVERBOARD EXAMINE FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR DISCHARGE VALVE. DISCHARGING CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY. OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY MRP # 852632 SR-151 MRP 955278 SR-118 ) PRIOR TO TOWING VESSEL: * LOCK PROPELLOR SHAFT(S) TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO SHAFT SEAL AND TRANSMISSION BEARINGS. * CLOSE SEACOCKS ON NON-OPERATING ENGINES TO PREVENT SEA WATER INGESTION. MRP # 1089242 SR - 203 UNDER HATCH KEEP CABINET DOORS OPEN AND EXHAUST FAN ON WHILE О 7 LE AVING WINDOW OPEN COULD M APPLIANC ES ARE IN us E. e Gi Rr sss INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES TURN OFF COFFEE MAKER INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE INSIDE CABINET BEFORE CLOSING DOOR PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MRP 852616 SR-134 UNPLUG SHORE POWER AND TURN MRP 852566 SR-135 OFF GENERATOR BEFORE INSIDE CABINET REMOVING COVER. TYPICALONALL OPENING PORTLIGHTS MRP 852582 SR-154 UNDER CABINET ON GALLEY J-BOX. TYPICAL ONALL J-BAX COVERS N J 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 390 MY Warning Label Locations WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS (Fra. 1.19.1) BATTERIES CAUTION + BATTERIES ENCLOSED * SERVICE WEEKLY * REPLACE COVER WHILE UNDER WAY TYPICAL UNDER ALL BATTERY COVERS ( NOTICE ) CHECK BATTERY CELL FLUID LEVEL APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND MORE OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT ZONES. LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY. SR-151 TYPICAL ON TOP OF ALL BATTERIES MRP # 852632 UNPLUG SHORE POWER AND TURN OFF GENERATOR BEFORE REMOVING COVER MRP # 852582 SR - 154 ON ALL J-BOXES 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 1.19 This page was intentionally left blank. 1.20 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 1. DocKING/LIFTING/STORAGE Do Not use cleats for lifting. A. Bow AND STERN CLEATS Cleats must not be used for lifting the boat, they are intended for docking or mooring use only. CLEAT LOCATIONS (Fra. 2.1.1) TRANSOM DETAIL | STARBOARD SIDE SHOWN - PORT SIDE TYPICAL J When lifting the boat always keep the bow higher than the stern to drain the exhaust lines and to prevent water from running forward through the manifold and into the engine where it can become trapped. It may seem expedient to lift only the stern when changing a propeller, but this can result in water entering the engine cylinders, causing hydrostatic lock and resulting in possible engine failure. Even a small amount of water in the engine can cause rust and is to be avoided. With fiberglass boats, severe gelcoat crazing or more serious hull damage can occur during launching and hauling if pressure is created on the gunwales by the slings. Flat, wide belting-type slings and spreaders long enough to keep pressure from the gunwales are necessary. Cable-type slings should be avoided. Do not place the slings where they may lift on the propeller shaft or other underwater fittings. The slings should be placed directly over the sling tags imprinted on the deck to assure the least amount of stress on the hull. Never hoist the boat with an appreciable amount of water in the bilge. Fuel and water tanks should preferably be empty, especially if of large capacity. PROPER LIFTING AND STORAGE OF THE 390 MY (FIG. 2.1.2) SLING STRAPS A SLING TAG 8’ 11 1/2” Na A SLING TAG 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.1 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT B. SUPPORTING THE BOAT A cradle is the ideal support for the boat whenever it is not in the water. Properly designed and constructed, it will provide support at the proper points, which is essential to avoid stress on the hull. Boat placement on the cradle should line up as closely as possible to the sling tags on the side of the deck. Do not rest boat on underwater fittings. | PROPER SUPPORT OUT OF WATER (FIG. 2.2.1) INCORRECT SUPPORT (GAP CREATES UNDUE STRESS BETWEEN HULL AND CRADLE) CORRECT SUPPORT (NO GAP BETWEEN HULL AND CRADLE) While the person at the wheel must alert passengers before any sudden or erratic boat movement, such as crossing wakes, rapid turns, sudden acceleration or deceleration, etc., an emergency action may be necessary before passengers can be warned. All passengers must be prepared for rapid boat movement and be able to hold on to prevent loss of balance. When persons are on the working deck area, for anchoring, mooring or in emergencies, they must be holding on and be positioned so as to prevent falling. In bad weather and/or rough water, if it is essential to be on deck, persons should be closely tied to cleats, railing stanchions or other securely fastened boat hardware. Engines must be turned off if the boat is near swimmers or persons are on the swim platform or the swim ladder. 2. PASSENGER LOCATIONS 1. When the boat is moving, all passengers must be in the cockpit area or in the cabin and must be on seating provided or, if standing, holding on firmly (See Figure 2.3.1). Boat motion can be erratic. You can fall overboard or be injured by hitting something in or on the boat. All persons must be in cockpit area or cabin and be prepared for sudden boat movement. Use front or bow deck area only during anchoring, mooring or emergencies. 2.2 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT fr N PASSENGER LOCATIONS (COCKPIT & DECK) (FIG. 2.3.1) ПИ, WORKING DECK ИИ, (DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION NS вв в DURING ANCHORING, MOORING AND ~ 7 SR FWD EMERGENCY OPERATION ONLY) 7747777) 77 VEIA "77777 XA ЛИ ИИ "77/7/77 NE ИИ ND ns ©) LLLLLY и \ (DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION / И И, MMA 2 JUN LIL NZ DURING NORMAL OPERATION) ff 7 VW € 7 \ 1 DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON THIS AREA. SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT. PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD When underway, keep occu- pants clear of areas not de- signed for riding. Especially hazardous areas include seat backs, bow, gunwale, transom platform and fore and aft decks. N SA à EAN NASA AAN N АА NY N NN NN SS AAN NN ET NE IN Ñ**N SSS 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 / 5 7 SLIPPING HAZARD - Wet 7 Z decks are slippery. Wear 7 7 proper footwear and use ex- 7 Z treme caution on wet sur- 77 75 ZA 79 | faces. J Z ZA 7 7 7 7 7 VA LAN HYV//// > 7) #7 77 7 DO NOT CLIMB ON OR STORE 7 NC EQUIPMENT ON HARD TOP. f A A DANGER TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING FE УТУ NNO DO SWIM PLATFORM AND BOARDING Ми IAA AAA NA Y///1/ INT 17/7/65 IN AA Г 7% >= IN) LADDER. y 7 7 A 777777777 |. y y 4 XT A IP, 7 La 7 LO117//7//7777777777777/77/7/77 TITAN, ПЕНИИ ии ИИ И ИИ ИИ а НУДНО LE `. J 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.3 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 3. Basic BOAT DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES a BOAT DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES (Fıc. 2.4.1) 19’ 3 1/2” 471’ 9” 52’ 9 3/4” Overall Length -------------- 41' 9” 12.72m Beam 14 3 4.34m Draft 36” 91cm Dry Weight (lbs.) ---------- 26,500 11,794kg Fuel Capacity (gal.) ------- 300 1136 (liters) Water Capacity (gal.) ----- 100 378.5 (liters) Holding Tank (gal.) --------- 54 204 4 (liters) Dead Rise 15° 15° \. 4. PROPULSION SYSTEM The inboard engines on your 390 MY are the heart of your Sea Ray®. Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine’s proper operation outlined in the Engine Operator’s Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of the fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or any other time, take care that water does not enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage. 14’ 7 5/8 12’ 2 5/8” 9 9 7/8” 1 4’ 3” Height Dimensions: Overall Length -------------- 41' 9” 12.72m Beam 143 4.34m Draft 36” 91cm Dry Weight (Ibs.) ---------- 26,500 11,794kg J The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray”. 5. PROPELLERS Your Sea Ray® has been equipped with propellers which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use under normal conditions and load. Under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at higher than maximum RPM for your engine. REFER TO ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. 24 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 6. GENERAL DECK LAYOUT GENERAL DecK LAYOUT (FIG. 2.5.1) Na (4) ANCHOR CHUTE WINDLASS (C) DECK HATCH (D) STARBOARD NAV LIGHT (E) ELECTRIC VENT WINDOW (F) CONTROL STATION (G) STARBOARD FUEL TANK FILL (H) PORT FUEL TANK FILL (1) CAPTAIN'S CHAIR (J) STARBOARD DECK ACCESS DOOR (K) COCKPIT WET BAR (1) WATER TANK FILL (M) SWIM LADDER (N) COCKPIT SEATING (0) PORT DECK ACCESS DOOR (P) WASTE PUMP-OUT (Q) PORT NAV LIGHT (R) WINDLASS REMOTE FOOT PEDALS (S) SPOTLIGHT 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.5 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 7. CABIN LAYOUT 1 CABIN (FIG. 2.6.1) „= = == = — (A) V-BERTH STARBOARD BUNK (EXPANDABLE) (©) V-BERTH TV/VCR (D) GALLEY STOVE (E) GALLEY SINK (F) COFFEE MAKER (G) REFRIGERATOR (H) MICROWAVE (1) GALLEY STEPS (LIFT TO ACCESS UTILITY ROOM) (J) SALON CONVERTIBLE COUCH (K) SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER (D) AFT STATEROOM TV/VCR (M) AFT STATEROOM SHOWER (N) AFT STATEROOM VANITY (О) AFT STATEROOM (P) AFT STATEROOM HEAD (@ AFT STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET (R) AFT STATEROOM STEPS (©) MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELS (© PORT SALON COUCH (U) WASHER DRYER (IN UTILITY ROOM) (V) FWD SHOWER (W) FWD HEAD (X) FWD VANITY (Ÿ) V-BERTH HANGING CLOSET (Z) V-BERTH PORT BUNK 2.0 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 8. HARDTOP HARDTOP (Fıc. 2.7.1) (A) GPS ANTENNA STERN NAVIGATIONAL LIGHT (©) TVANTENNA (D) RADAR (OPTIONAL) (E) MAST LIGHT (E) HARDTOP HATCH 9, CONTROL STATION GAUGE AND SWITCH LAYOUT f A CONTROL STATION Fıc. 2.7.2 (A) ( ) (В) (A) COMPASS A/C OUTLET (OPTIONAL) (©) GAUGE PANEL (©) AUTOPILOT (OPTIONAL) (E) SMARTCRAFT SYSTEM VIEW (F) SWITCH PANEL (G) THROTTLE CONTROLS (H) BOW THRUSTER (OPTIONAL) TOGGLE (1) STEREO REMOTE (С) FUSE BLOCK AND BREAKER PANEL ACCESS (K) TRIM TABS SWITCH (U) 12 VOLT ACCESSORY PLUG (M) GEAR CONTROLS N) ENGINE ROOM MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACTIVATOR (0) MOUSE CONTROLLER FOR SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL) (P) VHF RADIO (Q) RADAR (OPTIONAL) (R) SPOTLIGHT CONTROL > NOTE: ELECTRONICS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGES IN LOCATION (J) AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT NOTICE. THIS INFORMATION (7) WAS CORRECT AT TIME OF PRINTING. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.7 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT CONTROL STATION GAUGE AND SWITCH LAYOUT fr N CONTROL STATION GAUGE PANEL (FiG. 2.8.1) © © © (B) © HOURS © © © (A) PORT ENGINE FUEL GAUGE ® PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER (1) STARBOARD ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE PORT ENGINE VOLTAGE GAUGE ® ENGINE SYNC GAUGE (OPTIONAL) (9) STARBOARD ENGINE VOLTAGE GAUGE © PORT ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE ©) STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER (© STARBOARD ENGINE FUEL GAUGE ©) PORT ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (0) STARBOARD ENGINE OIL PRESSURE \ J fr N CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL (FIG. 2.8.2) 1. - LIGHT ON - UNIT CHARGED 2. - LIGHT OFF - UNIT DISCHARGED 3. - IF SYSTEM DISCHARGES SHUT DOWN ENGINES, BLOWERS AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. В EAD SPOTLIGHT RUNNING AwerbR A Е 2 ELECT AUTOPILOT COCKPIT OVERH LIGHTS VENT etBD WASHER NINDSHIELD © port (WIPERS LEFT SIDE OF PANEL © © BEFORE STARTING ENGINES GASOLINE VAPORS CAN - CHECK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BILGE © EXPLODE RESULTING IN FOR GASOLINE OR VAPORS AND INJURY OR DEATH. - OPERATE BLOWERS FOR FOUR MINUTES, - VERIFY BLOWER OPERATION RUN BLOWERS WHEN VESSEL IS OPERATING BELOW CRUISING SPEED. CHE = pny 24vBow MAN CONTROL Acer acer Ди = —— BILGE PUMP PUMP ENGINE BILGE YNC $ © BLOWERS PORT IMA EMERG — © START В Ni RIGHT SIDE OF PANEL TON HORN \ J 2.8 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 10. FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS a 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) STARBOARD THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS (Fıc. 2.9.1) (A) MASTER STATEROOM A/C DISCHARGE (©) COCKPIT A/C (OPTIONAL) DISCHARGE AFT BILGE PUMP DISCHARGE (H) STARBOARD FUEL FILL VENT (©) STARBOARD EXHAUST (1) VACUUM (OPTIONAL) (D) PORT FUEL FILL VENT (9) POWER VENT (E) SALON A/C DISCHARGE (X) BOW LOCKER DRAIN ® COCKPIT SINK DRAIN © BOW HATCH DRAIN PORT THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS (Fic. 2.9.2) (A) PORT BOW HATCH DRAIN (H) HOLDING TANK VENT BOW LOCKER DRAIN (1) WASHER DISCHARGE (OPTIONAL) (©) V-BERTH A/C DISCHARGE (J) BILGE PUMP (D) DRYER VENT (OPTIONAL) (K) SUMP DISCHARGE (E) BOW THRUSTER (OPTIONAL) — (1) BILGE PUMPS (E) POWER VENT (M) PORT ENGINE EXHAUST (G) WATER HEATER VENT (N) GENERATOR EXHAUST 2.9 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS 1 BILGE THROUGH-HuLL FITTINGS (Fic. 2.10.1) B (A) PORT RUDDER POST PORT STRUT (С) PORT SHAFT LOG (2) SPEED TRANSDUCER (E) PORT EXHAUST (©) A/C SEACOCK K (G) PORT ENGINE SEACOCK (H) GENERATOR SEACOCK (1) MASERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL) (J) STARBOARD ENGINE SEACOCK (K) DEPTH FINDER (OPTIONAL) (LO) STARBOARD EXHAUST (M) STARBOARD SHAFT LOG (N) STARBOARD STRUT (0) STARBOARD RUDDER POST 2.10 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 11. MAJOR CONTROLS A. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS Standard on the 390 MY are dual hydraulic gear shift and throttle engine controls. Read and understand the information in the Owners Manual Packet for your yacht model's gear and throttle control. For safety's sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines. There are two gear shift levers and two throttle control levers. The gear shift levers have three positions: FORWARD, NEUTRAL (center), and REVERSE. The gear shift levers must be in the NEUTRAL position when starting the engines. A detent can be felt when the control is in exact neutral. Forward and reverse positions should always be in the full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear. Each gear shift lever can be used independently from the other, for example, when idling one shift can be put in forward and the other in reverse for tight maneuvering. Shift gears only with engines idling. The throttle controls regulate the RPM of the engines. Pushing the levers forward will increase engine RPM. Regulating RPM of the engines will control the speed of the boat through the water. NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL. OPERATION 1. Throttle Levers: Forward motion - increases Throttle Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle 2. Gearshift Levers: Forward Position - FORWARD Center Position - NEUTRAL Aft Position - REVERSE MAINTENANCE The gear and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound. ENGINE SHIFT AND THROTTLE FUNCTIONS (HYDRAULIC) (Fic. 2.11.1) PORT STBD FORWARD NEUTRAL REVERSE ENGINE GEARSHIFTS No 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) FULL THROTTLE VARIABLE IDLE ENGINE THROTTLES 2.11 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. f \ Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines. Shift only when engine is at IDLE. Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom. Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission. Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear. B. ENGINE SYNCHRONIZERS (OPTIONAL) When the engine synchronizers are in operation, any engine speed differential is immediately sensed and automatically corrected. A single throttle movement is all that is necessary to ensure that both engines maintain identical RPM. If you have this option, refer to your Owner’s Manual Packet for the correct operating instructions for your yacht engine synchronizers. OPERATION: 1. Have both engines running and advance speed slightly above idle. 2. Turn ON synchronizer switch located on the control station switch panel. 3. Move slave (starboard) engine throttle lever to maximum speed position. Since the synchronizer is now controlling the slave engine, the lever is “limp” or noneffective. Advancing the slave engine lever eliminates the synchronizer of undue strain in moving the entire control system. C. HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS The trim tabs on your Sea Ray® are operated with a rocker type momentary switch at the control station. They are protected by a circuit breaker on the control station breaker panel (See Figure 6.5.1) which must be ON to use the trim tabs . To trim the bow of your boat down, push the top halves of BOTH rockers down in momentary bursts. If you hold the rockers down, you will over trim the f A TRIM TABS SWITCH AS 2 (Fıc. 2.12.1) “ing \ J a A RUNNING ATTITUDE LIST PUSH BOWUP | 6... TOP OF BOTH ROCKERS BOW UP PORT TOP OF STARBOARD ROCKER BOW UP STARBOARD TOP OF PORT ROCKER BOW DOWN PORT BOTTOM OF STARBOARD ROCKER BOW DOWN STARBOARD BOTTOM OF PORT ROCKER Ne J boat and the bow will dig in. To correct over- trimming, push bottom halves of BOTH rockers to obtain desired planing angle. The trim tabs on the transom of your boat can also be used to trim the list of your boat (See chart above) that may be caused by improper storage of gear, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind. Operation of the rocker switch should be momentary bursts to achieve proper attitude of the hull. When running wide open, most boats do not require any trim unless heavily loaded. 2.12 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS (Fra. 2.13.1) (A) TRIM PLANE SWITCH (AT HELM) HYDRAULIC RAMS (©) TRIM PLANE ZINC (©) STBD TRIM PLANE (E) PORT TRIM PLANE (F) RESERVOIR FILL (G) TRIM TAB PUMP \. J In heavy following seas or when running in an inlet, best maneuverability is obtained with a bow high attitude. To be sure the tabs are full up in the zero position, push the bottom halves of BOTH rockers for several seconds. The trim tab pump is located on the aft bilge bulkhead, mounted on the inside of the transom and f A MANEUVERING/CONTROL HAZARD Ensure continuous visibility of other boats, swimmers, and obstacles during bow-up transition to planing. \. J can be accessed through a hatch in the aft wall of the master stateroom head. To service the unit, remove the tinted plastic cover to gain access to reservoir fill plug and motor parts. Hydraulic trim tabs use Type A Dexron || automatic transmission fluid, which should be filled up to the FULL mark on the pump base. Add fluid with the trim tabs in the up position only. Your boat is designed to plane at a particular speed and weight distribution. As speed decreases or EFFECTS OF TRIMMING (F1G6.2.13.2) pe ооо — 7 C= ZZ == KL) = > Der ST бе / a em em ZN == o — T° == === О hs = ————— T_T / но — = нее Lee —— ен —A JS о Ia mT = Ce ee ее BOW-UP (“PORPOISING”) EFFECTS OF PORT AND STBD TRIM TAB ADJUSTMENT PORT TAB DOWN PORT STERN UP STBD BOW DOWN BOTH NEUTRAL NO CHANGE IN LIST STBD TAB DOWN STBD STERN UP PORT BOW DOWN weight increases, the stern will settle lower in the water and the hull will create and push a hill of water, Increasing drag and requiring more power to move through the water. Hydraulic trim tabs are adjusted independently of each other, enabling adjustment of bow attitude up and down as well as to correct for side to side list. Trim tabs can also be used to provide attitude adjustment at lower speeds. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.13 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT A PROPERLY TRIMMED BOAT: Operates at a correct running attitude of a 3 to 5 degree angle to the water (bow slightly up). Reduces drag and increases fuel efficiency. Preserves good forward visibility. e Increases safety. Use short bursts of rocker switches to adjust trim tabs. Pushing switches too far at once may cause sudden steering problems. Adjusting one trim tab more than the other will adjust list caused by improper equipment storage, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind. REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 12. IMPORTANT GAUGES A. HOURMETER The hourmeters H | OURMETER measure cumulative (Fic. 2.14.1) hours of operating time. They should be used to keep a careful log of engine maintenance as well as performance data and fuel consumption. Do not leave ignition key on | HOURMETER ) with the engines off, as this will increase the engine hours on the hourmeter. The generator hourmeter is located on the generator gauge panel. If equipped with optional Caterpillar® propulsion there are hourmeters on top of each Caterpillar® engine and an hourmeter readout on the main EMS display (Page 2.18) by method of scrolling. B. TACHOMETER The tachometer {(TACHOMETER ) indicates the |(Fic.2.14.2) revolutions per minute (RPM) of the engine. (It does not indicate the speed of the boat.) Your Engine Operator's Manual indicates the maximum full throttle RPM at which your engine should operate. This must not be exceeded or serious engine damage will occur. The tachometer should also be used to determine the most comfortable and economical cruising RPM. C. FUEL GAUGE The fuel gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank. The most accurate reading of the fuel gauge is at idle speeds when your boat Е F is in an approximately level position. At slow Fuel plane, when your boatis | J In a bow up position the gauge will read inaccurately because the fuel in the tanks travel to the rear of the tanks and away from the fuel sending unit. Because gauge readings are approximate, they should be compared to the hours of use versus known fuel consumption (GPH). FUEL GAUGE (116. 2.14.3) D. VOLTMETER The voltmeter gauge indicates battery bank voltage. Each engine operating voltage will range between 12.0 to 16.5 volts when the alternator is charging. Significantly higher or lower readings indicate 10 a battery problem, VDC alternator ,malfunction or heavy battery drain. = | VOLTAGE METER (Fra. 2.144) 1 14 16 2.14 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT Е. OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The oil gauge is often the best indicator of engine problems or difficulties. Maximum pressure is controlled by a preset valve in the oil pump. Note the reading which this gauge records after the break-in-period, as it is the “norm” which can be used as reference during the life of the engine. IF A COMPLETE LOSS - A OF OIL PRESSURE OCCURS, TURN ENGINE OFF AT ONCE. Continued running after loss of pressure will cause engine damage. First, manually check the oil level. If low oil level is not the cause, consult your Sea Ray® dealer. DO NOT RESTART THE ENGINE UNTIL THE PROBLEM HAS BEEN CORRECTED. = ‘On GAUGE (Fra. 2.15.1) Slight fluctuations in gauge readings are not uncommon during operation and may be due to the characteristics of the lubricating oil. Greater fluctuations should be investigated. The cause may be a clogged oil filter element which should be replaced with every oil change. F. WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE The water temperature gauge indicates temperature of the cooling water circulating inside the engine. Your engine is equipped with a thermostat so a predetermined engine temperature should be reached soon after starting the engine and maintained thereafter while the engine is ~ WATER TEMPERATURE (F1G. 2.15.2) 130 |, 170 1408180 22 \. J running. Refer to your Engine Operator's Manual for proper gauge readings. If the temperature approaches above normal on your gauge, shut down engine at once. G. MAGNETIC COMPASS Your compass (See Figure 2.7.2), properly corrected, will indicate magnetic North (not true North). A compass must be adjusted by a qualified person. The reason for this is that nearby Instruments or objects containing magnets or current-carrying electrical wires will influence the compass reading. This is especially true if you add electronic devices to the helm station. After your compass has been professionally adjusted. You will be given a deviation card or chart Indicating the correction to be applied when laying out a compass course or making navigational calculations. Keep this correction card or chart at the helm. NOTE: The compass adjustment is only good for the equipment arrangement that existed at the time of the adjustment. If you place different equipment or remove equipment from the vicinity of the compass, you cannot rely on the compass reading. The compass must be readjusted by a qualified person after equipment is added or removed from the vicinity of the compass. NOTE: The compass roses shown on navigational charts have both true North and magnetic North directions superimposed. Make certain you plot course compass directions from the magnetic North compass rose. When not in use, the compass should be protected from excessive and prolonged sunlight. If your compass becomes sluggish or erratic, it should be serviced by an authorized repair station. To keep the plexiglass dome free from scratches, remove salt deposits and dust with a damp cloth. An occasional treatment with paste wax will help preserve the dome surface. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.15 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT H. SYSTEMS MONITOR f SYSTEMS MONITOR DISPLAY CONTROL MONITOR (DCM) (F1c.2.16.1) f A SYSTEMS MONITOR ALARM SELECT Sea Lugs \. J The Systems Monitor consists of a Display Control Module (DCM) located at the control station and a Bilge Interface Module (BIM) located on the bilge component boarD. The DCM and BIM are connected to each other by a coax cable and the BIM is continuously looking at all inputs for an alarm condition. The Systems Monitor is connected directly to the 12 volt battery bank through a circuit breaker and continuously monitors two emergency high water pumps, two bilge pumps and the bilge heat detector. The engine and generator functions are only active when ignition voltage is turned on. The circuit breaker is on the main DC breaker panel located on the bilge component board. The BIM collects signals from critical engine functions, generator oil pressure, bilge pumps, high water emergency bilge pumps and bilge heat detection and transmits that information to be displayed on the DCM. The features of the DCM include a two line LCD display with backlighting of the display, audible alarm and an Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch. The LCD display will read in two lines. For example, at normal operation it will read: SEA RAY BOATS ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL NOTE: Some functions only read on one line. See page 2.21 (DCM functions) for all DCM display readouts. Backlighting of the LCD is achieved by turning ON the running lights switch. Intensity is controlled by the electronic dimmer control. Both are located on the control station switch panel. AUDIBLE ALARMS An audible alarm will sound to alert the operator to look at the DCM and determine the high level fault. Only high level faults such as critical engine functions, generator, emergency pumps and bilge heat detector will have an audible alarm. The forward and aft bilge pumps do not have an audible alarm, instead the DCM will display those functions. Never ignore an alarm. AUDIBLE RESET/ALARM SELECT The Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch on the DCM is a dual purpose switch. It enables the operator to reset an audible alarm or to manually scroll the display during multiple alarms. The Audible Reset is used to temporarily quiet an alarm that is displayed on the LCD. If that function IS not corrected within 30 seconds, the audible alarm will sound again. Pushing the switch again will permanently quiet (turn off) the audible alarm for that function. The LCD will still display that fault until It is corrected. The Alarm Select is active only during multiple alarms. For example, if the engine oil pressure, forward emergency pump and transmission temperature had faults at the same time, the 2.16 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT systems monitor would sound an audible alarm and would display the alarm with the highest priority. Each push of the switch will show the new alarm and then the LCD will automatically scroll through the multiple alarm functions approximately every three (3) seconds. By pushing on the switch, the operator will be able to manually scroll the LCD for faulting functions. To monitor critical engine functions and generator oil pressure: 1. The 24 volt main battery solenoid switches must be energized either at the main DC breaker panel on the aft port engine room component board or the DC distribution panel on the port side just aft of the galley. 2. Atthe DC distribution panel, turn the port and starboard master ignition key switches to the ON position. 3. At the control station, locate the port and starboard START/RUN switches. Without starting the engines, push the START/RUN switches to the RUN position. The Display Control Monitor (DCM) will display: SEA RAY BOATS ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL NOTE: The generator and engines will have an alarm as soon as ignition is turned on. 4. Start the engines per the engine start instructions in Section 3, page 3.4. 5. Start the generator per the generator start instructions in Section 3, page 3.8. With the main engines and generator engine running, the yacht's Systems Monitor is fully activated. When the engine and generator engine ignition is turned OFF, approximately five (5) minutes later the LCD will go into a “Sleep Mode” and the display will be blank. Engine and generator functions are disabled because they are unnecessary, however, the bilge heat detector and all pumps are still being monitored. The DCM Function Table (page 2.18) shows each function, describes the function and shows how it is displayed on the DCM. If your Systems Monitor does not operate or display functions correctly per the instructions provided, recycle the circuit breaker by pushing the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then pushing it to the ON position. Use a small tool that will fit through the hole to push the breaker to the OFF position. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.17 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT DISPLAY CONTROL MODULE (DCM) FuNcTION TABLE 1 \. Function Description DCM | Normal Operation No Alarms SEA RAY BOATS ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL BIM Coax Cable to DCM Cable Connection Fault DATALINK FAILURE ALARM SYSTEM OFF-LINE Forward Emergency * Forward Emergency Pump Under the PUMP ALARM Master Stateroom Hatch is Running FORWARD EMERGENCY Aft Emergency * Aft Emergency Pump in the Engine PUMP ALARM Room is Running AFT EMERGENCY Forward Bilge Forward Bilge Pump in the Engine PUMP ALARM Room is Running FORWARD BILGE Aft Bilge Aft Bilge Pump in the Engine Room PUMP ALARM is Running AFT BILGE Oil Pressure * Water Temperature * Transmission Temperature * Exhaust Temperature * Generator Alarm * CAT Diagnostics * Caterpillar Electronic Engines Only The CAT Diagnostic feature is for Caterpillar electronic engines and will refer the operator to look at the port or starboard Caterpillar Engine Monitoring System (EMS) on the gauge panel at the helm. See page 2.19 for more Engine Oil Pressure Too Low Engine Cooling System Too Hot Transmission Cooling System is Hot Engine Malfunction, Exhaust Too Hot Generator Oil Pressure is Low Generator Stopped Running For CAT Diagnostic Engines information on the EMS gauge unit. * Function has an audible alarm PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM OIL PRESSURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM WATER TEMPERATURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM EXHAUST TEMPERATURE GENERATOR ALARM (No Second Line Reading) PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM CAT DIAGNOSTIC 2. 18 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT I. ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM (EMS) (CATERPILLAR® DIESEL OPTION ONLY) Your yacht may be equipped with the Caterpillar® Engine Monitoring System (EMS) which Incorporates three individual gauge units per engine. They are the Main EMS Gauge, Quad Gauge and Tachometer. MAI EMS GAUGE UNIT (Fıc. 2.19.1) © Refer to the Owner’s Manual Packet for more information about your gauge display operation and instructions. MAIN EMS DISPLAY EMS is an electronic monitoring system designed to display various engine/transmission parameters. The main EMS gauge has ten (two rows of five indicators to display system related diagnostics. A digital LCD is functional to scroll through the different engine/transmission parameters monitored. A port and starboard scroll switch is located at the stbd control station. The parameters monitored by the EMS include the following functions: Engine Overspeed (Main and Back-up Speed Sensors) Engine Oil Pressure Engine Coolant Temperature and Coolant Level e Transmission Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature Percent Load (Actuator) Fuel Rate (Throttle) * Engine Hours J. SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (SRN) (OPTIONAL) Your boat may be equipped with the optional Sea Ray Navigator. The SRN is an onboard computer touch screen navigation aid capable of navigating you through the waters and your boat. f A SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL) (Fıc. 2.19.2) a Some features include: * Sea Ray Navigator (Charts, GPS and Navigation) * Contour (Contour and Depth of Ocean Floor) e Tides & Currents (For your location & destination) * Weather (Satellite) e Virtual captain (Owners Manual) Help (Sea Ray Navigation Owner’s Manual) (NOTE: Chart and contour data for your area may need to be installed. Maptech® is continually updating software and systems. Some features may still be under development. Refer to the SRN owner’s manual in the owner’s packet for all SRN operating instructions.) To turn ON the SRN press the “PWR” switch on the face of the unit. Under normal operating conditions the power switch on the SRN power supply under the helm should be left in the ON position. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.19 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT The SRN power supply is powered through the 12 volt electronics fuse block under the helm. If the SRN fails to turn on check the power switch on the SRN power supply and the fuse on the fuse block. REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 13. NAVIGATION AND ANCHOR LIGHTS Navigation lights MUST be on while underway from sunset to sunrise or in conditions of reduced visibility. “Underway” means the boat is not docked or at anchor. Trolling or drifting with engine off is considered “underway” and navigation lights must be used. If you are anchored in open water, i.e. where other boats can approach yours, you must display your anchor light: a white light that can be seen from all possible directions, i.e. 360 degrees. Read the “Federal Requirements and Safety Tips for Recreational Boats” provided in your kit. To OPERATE THE RUNNING LIGHTS: Push RUNNING switch on control station switch panel to the ON position. To OPERATE THE ANCHOR LIGHTS: Push ANCHOR switch on control station switch panel to the ON position. A. CoNSOLE DIMMER There is a DIMMER control switch located on the control station switch panel which controls the intensity of the gauge and switch panel lights. The gauge and switch panel lights are energized when the navigation running lights are turned on. If you opt to install additional equipment on the hard top, it then becomes your responsibility to reevaluate your lighting situation to make certain the navigation lights on your boat meet government navigational lighting requirements. You will most likely have to NAVIGATION LIGHTS (116. 2.20.1) GREEN LIGHT (VISIBLE 2 NAUTICAL MILES) RED LIGHT (VISIBLE 2 NAUTICAL MILES) MAST LIGHT, WHITE LIGHT (VISIBLE 3 NAUTICAL MILES) STERN LIGHT, WHITE LIGHT (VISIBLE 2 NAUTICAL MILES) ALL-ROUND LIGHT, WHITE LIGHT (VISIBLE 3 NAUTICAL MILES) \. J raise the mast light. Consider the weight of the equipment you install; be certain it is not to heavy for your sport spoiler or optional hard top. 2.20 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 14. SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT (FORWARD) SWITCHS & RECEPTACLES (F16.2.21.1) (A) ACCENT LIGHTING STATEROOM LIGHT (©) 110 VOLT RECEPTACLE (©) GALLEY LIGHTS : (E) POWER VENT FUSE JOY vy (F) GALLEY POWER VENT 7 (G) GFI RECEPTACLE (H) 12 VOLT ACCESSORY PLUG (1) SALON LIGHTS (J) BILGE (K) SALON INDIRECT LIGHTS (CD) TELEPHONE RECEPTACLE (M) WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR (N) HEAD CEILING LIGHT (0) POWER VENT FUSE (P) POWER VENT ©) CO MONITOR (R) A/C CONTROL UNIT \ WASTE LEVEL POWER у FULL-DO 2 NOT FLUSH Na À 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.21 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT (AFT) 1 SWITCHS & RECEPTACLES (F16.2.22.1) (A) CO MONITOR VACUUM HOSE INLET (C) MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER (D) MASTER STATEROOM VANITY (E) GFI RECEPTACLE (F) 110 VOLT RECEPTACLE (G) MASTER STATEROOM HEAD (H) POWER VENT (1) WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR (J) TELEPHONE PLUG (KX) A/C CONTROL UNIT (1) MASTER STATEROOM MASTER STATEROOM ACCENT LIGHTS (N) SHORE POWER BREAKER (©) 12 VOLT RECEPTACLE (P) SALON INDIRECT LIGHTING (Q TV SIGNAL SELECTOR = — = = = as 0 E Xo? I „© 7 д 7 7, d 7 ) % DN ! | O 4 WASTE LEVEL e 2.22 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT (COCKPIT) \. 1 SwITCHS 62 RECEPTACLES (F1G6.2.23.1) INSIDE CABINET (A) COCKPIT A/C (OPTIONAL) COCKPIT TV HOOKUP (€) COCKPIT GF! (D) CABIN STEREO (E) COCKPIT STEREO (F) COCKPIT LIGHTS (G) SALON STEP LIGHTS (H) SALON CENTER LIGHTS (1) SALON PERIMETER LIGHTS (J) 12 VOLT RECEPTACLE ® FIRE EXTINGUISHER MANUAL PULL 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 2.23 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 15. LIGHTING LAYOUT LIGHTING (F1G. 2.24.1) BULB REPLACEMENT HALOGEN 12V 10W BI-PRONG BULB REPLACEMENT HALOGEN 12V 10W BI-PRONG BULB REPLACEMENT FUSE TYPE BULB #12864 12V 5W BULB REPLACEMENT HALOGEN 12V 10W BI-PRONG BULB REPLACEMENT BULB#CEC1141 \. J 2.24 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT LIGHTING LAYOUT 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) LIGHTING (Fi. 2.25.1) BULB REPLACEMENT HALOGEN 12V 10W BI-PRONG ) BULB REPLACEMENT “Ea ) | | ( O ) | ( O Г] О = O Ir: о О € О O N J 2.25 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT This page intentionally left blank 2.26 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 1.PRE-LAUNCH, LAUNCH AND POST- LAUNCH CHECKLIST Listed below are the critical items you must check and do each time you use your boat. It does not list all of the necessary maintenance and service items required to keep your boat running properly. These other items are found in Section 8. BEFORE LAUNCH JJ Drain plug installed Enough fuel for trip Float plan given to friend or relative Navigation charts for trip a a aa Weather forecast - safe IN THE WATER, BEFORE BOARDING PASSENGERS OR STARTING ENGINE Equipment stored and balanced No gas smell in engine compartment Engine oil and steering fliud levels - OK Battery switch on Bilge pump working Bilge blower on ua dd Oadad Radio and navigation equipment functioning PASSENGERS Wearing PFDs Seated properly Given safety instructions STARTING ENGINE ÿ Make sure you have read and understand the dangers of Carbon Monoxide (CO) information in this manual. J Bilge blower on for at least four (4) minutes. Feel to confirm airflow at hull vent on hull side. Inspect bilge area for visual and odor confirmation that there are no fuel leaks. Gear shift in neutral position. Throttle pumped before starting, if necessary. ÿ Oil pressure, engine temperature, voltage - OK after starting and warm up. UNDERWAY @ Gradual acceleration and deceleration and turning. a Aware of surroundings at all times. Operate so as to prevent buildup of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Monitor weather a Use navigational aids in water and on shore Keep passengers safe Check fuel consumption regularly Check all gauges frequently uaauaa END OF TRIP ÿ Equipment dry and stored. Electronic equipment and switches off. Battery switch off. Notify person who had float plan. Qa 00 Boat covered properly for trailering, docking or mooring. u If boat is pulled from water, drain plug removed. U If boat is pulled from water, hull and propeller inspected for damage. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 3.1 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 2. FUELING THE BOAT Certain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn. Á DANGER NO SMOKING GASOLINE VAPORS ARE EXPLOSIVE NOTICE GASOLINE RECOMMENDATIONS Minimum octane rating of 87 AKI. Refer to the engine owner's manual for additional information Á DANGER Gasoline vapors can explode from static electricity if fueling is not done properly. Read and understand this section NOTICE OPTIONAL DIESEL RECOMMENDATIONS #2 Diesel Fuel \. J f A FUEL FILL LOCATIONS (Fıc. 3.2.1) STBD FUEL FILL PORT FUEL FILL Check the fill plate label to ensure that fuel is placed ONLY in the fuel tank. The fuel fill plates are located on the starboard deck walkway. A. GENERAL * Fuel during daylight. e If possible, position the boat with the starboard side against the fueling dock so that the fuel caps are easily accessible from the dock. e Fire extinguisher — close at hand. * Mooring — tie boat securely to fueling pier. e Crew — at least one knowledgeable person present. Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat. Power — shut off engines, bilge blowers and all other electrical equipment. e Close all hatches, doors and keep engine compartment closed to prevent gaasoline fumes from entering the cabin or cockpit areas. Smoking material — no smoking or any flames within 20 feet of the boat, before, during and for at least 5 minutes after fueling is complete . e Fuel nozzle — must be in contact with fuel fill opening BEFORE adding fuel to prevent static sparks. Avoid spills —fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion. B. FILLING THE TANK Keep nozzle in contact with fuel fill opening at all times during fueling. e Listen asthe tank fills and stop adding fuel before it spills from the fuel fill opening. Gasoline must have room for expansion. C. AFTER FILLING Fuel tank - secure filler cap. e DO NOT wash spilled fuel overboard. Wipe up 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT Wet decks are slippery. You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall. Wear slip-resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold onto rails or boat structure. any spill with rags or paper towels and dispose of them properly on shore. Snifftest - open engine compartment and check for gasoline fumes. Iffumes are detected, leave engine compartment open until no gasoline odor is apparent. Close compartment. If fumes in the engine compartment (bilge) do not disappear, do not turn on blower or start engines. Get help from trained and experienced persons brfore using the boat. If fumes are not present, turn on bilge blower for four minutes (minimum), then start engines. Passengers may now be reboarded. Know your fuel capacity and consumption. Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine’s hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity. Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve. Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas. 3. BOARDING „ DO NOT overload the boat. Refer to builder’s plate located near the helm (See Figure 1.6.1). Load to less than capacity in adverse conditions. Board one person at a time and give assistance as needed. Transfer gear and equipment by handing it from a person on the dock to a person on board. You can lose your balance and be injured if you attempt to board while carrying equipment or gear. Distribute the weight of equipment and passengers as evenly as possible to keep the boat balanced. Stow gear and equipment so that it is accessible, but everything is to be stored in places so as to prevent it from flying about if the boat encounters rough water or weather. 4. PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES (PFD’s) Operator must instruct all passengers on location and use of PFD’s (See Section 1- Safety, page 4 for type and usage). Children less than sixteen (16) years of age and all non-swimmers, adults as well as children, must wear properly-sized PFDs at all times when aboard. ALL passengers should wear PFDs. By the time someone falls overboard, it can be to late for them to put on a PFD and fasten it properly. This is especially true in colder waters, below 70°F, where survival time, before hypothermia sets in, is measured in minutes. If there are passengers not wearing PFDs, the PFDs must be readily accessible. “Readily accessible” means out of the storage bag and unbuckled. All throwable flotation devices (cushions, rings, etc.) must be right at hand. 5. PASSENGER INSTRUCTION AND LOCATION Everyone on board must be told about the boat's behavior from starting to getting up on plane. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 3.3 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT * Before the operator does any high-speed maneuvers or rapidly accelerates or decelerates the boat, passengers must be warned to sit and hold on and must heed the warning. The operator may have to make rapid changes in speed and/or direction to avoid a problem, with little or no time for alerting passengers. ltis critical that all passengers be seated in the designated seating areas and holding on to prevent falling overboard or getting knocked about in the boat at all times when the boat is underway. 6. STARTING THE ENGINES Gasoline vapors can explode Before starting the engines, open engine compartment and check for gasoline smell. e If you smell gasoline, do not start engine; get everyone off the boat and get trained help to find and fix the problem. If there is no gasoline smell, perform checks specified by manual, then and only then, close engine compartment and run blower for at least 4 minutes before starting. | Na À The engine operation and maintenance manual furnished with your boat describes pre-start and starting procedures. The following notes are basic reminders and not intended to cover every detail of starting. We urge you to thoroughly read and understand your engine manual. Listed below are basic pre-start and starting reminders. These are not a substitute for the engine manufacturer's specific recommendations. Open the engine compartment and check for the smell of gasoline. If you smell gasoline, get everyone off the boat, do not operate any electrical switches or light any matches, lighters, etc. Get trained help to find and fix the problem before starting the engines or operating any switches on the boat.Do not start the engines until the source of fumes is determined and corrected and the bilge area is safely ventilated. If you DO NOT smell gasoline: Place battery solenoids in ENERGIZED position. Battery solenoid switches are located on the main DC breaker panel in the engine room and the DC distribution panel located behind an access door in the port aft salon. (see Section 6 — Electrical System, Fig. 6.8.1 & 6.9.1). Check all fluid levels and any other necessary checks as specified in Section 8 and in the engine manual. Verify that bilge pumps are operating by depressing the bilge pump switch and listening for the pump running and check to see that water is being pumped overboard. AFT BILGE PUMP Check the fuel tank levels. Be sure you have enough fuel for your trip. Remember the “Rule of Thirds”. Use no more than 1/3 of your fuel for the outbound trip; use 1/3 of the fuel for the return trip; keep 1/3 of the fuel for reserve in case of emergency. Check engines for coolant drain plug installations. DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. J 3.4 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 6. 8. 10. Check seacocks for open position Make sure strainers are clean and water tight (see Section 4 — Bilge and Underwater Gear, page 4.11). Run bilge blowers for at least 4 minutes before attempting to start engine BILGE Unlike your automobile engine which is naturally ventilated even when it Is not moving, your boat engine compartment (the bilge) does not have sufficient natural ventilation when the boat is not moving or moving slowly. That is why the engine compartment must have forced ventilation, using the bilge blowers, to remove potentially explosive gasoline vapors, before the engine is started and when the boat is moving slowly. Because it may be difficult to remember to turn on the bilge blowers every time you slow down the boat, it is recommended that the bilge blowers run all the time when the engines are To Start The Engine Place control station ignition switches in RUN position. running. O | e) START/RUN START/RUN EMERG STBD ENGINE PORT ENGINE START 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn on the master key switches located on the DC distribution panel (see Section 6 — Electrical System, Fig. 6.9.1). Listen for alarms which indicate ignition power. MASTER IGNITION ‘5 - > `` After ignition power is verified, check that the gear shift lever(s) are in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle lever(s) are at the IDLE position. For a: о > п о COLD ENGINE - Move throttle lever forward to full open throttle, then return to about 1/4 throttle. WARM ENGINE - Move throttle lever about 1/4 open throttle position. DO NOT pump lever. FLOODED ENGINE - move throttle lever to full open position. DO NOT pump lever. When engine starts, move throttle back rapidly to decrease engine speed to between 1000 and 1500 rpm. Push on the top of the ignition switches until the engines start. Do not operate starter for more than 10 seconds without allowing starter to cool for two (2) minutes. This will also allow the batteries to recover between starting attempts. Once engine has started and sufficient oil pressure is achieved, alarm buzzer will stop. Important: Check engine RPM on tachometer as soon as engine starts. Do not allow RPM to exceed 1,500. Move throttle lever down to decrease RPM. START/RUN STED ENGINE START/RUN PORT ENGINE EMERG START Check the oil pressure. If correct, let the engines warm up to normal temperature 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 3.5 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT range as specified in the engine manual before shifting into forward or reverse gear. If engine is cold, run for a short period of time at fast idle speed that does not exceed 1500 RPM. IF OIL PRESSURE GOES ABOVE OR BELOW OPERATING RANGE, SHUT ENGINE DOWN IMMEDIATELY. GET TRAINED HELP TO FIND AND FIX THE PROBLEM. 15. Look at exhaust port to assure that engine is pumping water. IF ENGINE TEMPERATURE GOES ABOVE NORMAL RANGE, SHUT DOWN THE ENGINES IMMEDIATELY. GET TRAINED 130 170 1408180 100 220 FC HELP TO FIND AND FIX THE PROBLEM. NOTE (Diesel Option Only): If your yacht is equipped with the Caterpillar? EMS (Engine Monitoring System), the Caterpillar”? gauges on the control station gauge panel will undergo an automatic self-test on power-up. While executing this internal test, the display will also provide a visual indication by ramping gauges and displaying all digits to the operator that the panel is (or is not) functioning properly. Refer to your Engine Owner’s Manual in the Owner’s Manual Packet. NOTE: For general operation of the boat, its instruments and the engine, follow detailed instructions on “Engine Break-in” in the Engine Operators Manual. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 7. SHIFTING To DRIVE THE BOAT Move throttle lever to idle position. The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever controls on port side of the control station) has three positions: FORWARD, NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting the engine(s). A positioning ENGINE SHIFT AND THROTTLE FUNCTIONS (HYDRAULIC) (FIG. 3.6.1) PORT STBD PORT STBD FULL FORWARD / 4 SN 7, THROTILE x + -_- ^^ NEUTRAL £. { VARIABLE si & 4 ! a e 7 x REVERSE | DLE ENGINE GEARSHIFTS ENGINE THROTTLES \. J indent can be felt when the control is in exact NEUTRAL. Move gear lever quickly, either forward or reverse. FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for a positive engagement and minimum wear. Once clear of the dock, mooring, people and/or the no-wake zone and the boat has been shifted into forward gear, move throttle lever forward to desired engine speed. f в Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines. Shift only when engine is at IDLE. Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom. transmission. Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear. Na J 3.6 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 8. STOPPING THE ENGINES 1. Bring throttle controls to т IDLE position. i. 2. Bring gear shift controls to т NEUTRAL position. T 3. Depress bottom of . . O engine switches at control station. START/RUN EMERG PORT ENGINE START = START/RUN STBD ENGINE 4. Secure mooring lines. 5. Turn master key switches to OFF. MASTER IGNITION > 4; Ur a 6. If you are leaving the boat for an extended period of time, turn OFF the battery switches. FOR DIESEL OPTION ONLY: Idle for five (5) minutes to cool the engines before stopping engines and turning master key switches to OFF. 9. STARTING THE GENERATOR Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray®. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operators Manual included in the Owners Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty. If fuel fumes are detected, do not start the generator until the source of fumes is 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) NOTICE Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there Is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker is OFF and there is no load on the generator before starting it. DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. determined and corrected and the bilge area is safely ventilated. Run the bilge blowers for at least four minutes before starting and any time the generator is running. (Remote start/run and stop switches are located on the main distribution panel in the aft salon.) 1. Check fuel tank levels. 2. Check oil and coolant levels. See Generator Operator's Y Manual for proper readings. 3. Check generator for coolant drain plug installation. 4. Open the generator seacock. Fuel 5. Place generator battery solenoid in ENERGIZED position. Battery solenoid switches are located on the main DC breaker panel in the engine room and the DC distribution panel located behind an access door in the port aft salon. (see Section 6 — Electrical System, Fig. 6.9.1). 3.7 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 6. Depress top of Generator ON switch located on the DC main distribution panel located in the aft salon. GENERATOR ON START/RUN STOP 7. Depress top of generator start/run switch on the main on distribution panel until generator starts, then release switch. GENERATOR START/RUN STOP 8. Check generator exhaust port (stbd) to verify that water is flowing. If not, shut generator down and refer to your Generator Operator's Manual. READ THE OWNER’S MANUAL IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR YOUR GENERATOR MODEL. 10. STOPPING THE GENERATOR 1. Prior to generator shut down turn OFF all AC equipment and breakers including main breakers and allow the generator to run a few minutes to cool down. If desired, transfer to shore power. 2. Stop the generator by switching START/RUN switch on DC distribution panel to STOP position. 3. Leave stop switch on main distribution panel in the stop position when generator is not in use to prevent overheating electric fuel valve. Note: After the generator stops, the multiplex system must reset for 20-30 seconds and then may be restarted at any time. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 11. SHORE POWER HOOKUP The 240/120 VAC main distribution panel distributes the required voltage for all the boat's AC equipment and accessories. It is very important to know and understand where the power originates and how the power is distributed to the different voltage equipment and accessories. To connect to shore power: 1. Assure that the main shore power breakers (located on HAN the aft wall of the master stateroom aft hanging closet) are turned OFF. 2. Turn all AC systems and branch circuit breakers OFF. Slide the source selector to expose the SHORE breaker and assure that the shore breaker is OFF. — | ll (IO Le Under no circumstances override the source select system. 3. Using the remote rf ) switch, advance shore power cord to dockside power box. Ensure dockside breaker is OFF, then plug the shore power cord into the shore power outlet box on the dock and turn‘ A dockside circuit breaker ON. 3.8 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT DT 7. Turn ON SHORE GENERATOR SHORE breaker.Verify proper The use of extension shore power cords is not voltage. recommended. Excessive power cord extensions can cause a voltage drop and may prevent some (120 Volt System: electronic devices from operating correctly. 110V to 125V) (220 Volt System: 205V to 230V) (International) Shore power cord should be secured or routed to avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress 8. Individual breakers and on shore power plug and inlet. switches can now be energized. 4. Ensure dockside breaker is OFF, then plug the shore power cord into the shore power outlet box on the dock and turn dockside circuit breaker ON. 12. SHIFTING FROM SHORE POWER TO GENERATOR POWER 1. Turn all AC systems and branch circuit breakers OFF. Assure that the generator and shore power source breakers are OFF. It is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry before plugging into the dock power inlet. GENERATOR SHORE [|| 5. Switch the main shore power breakers ON. SHORE MAIN 240VAC 2. Start the generator (See page 3.7). 3. Slide the source select switch to expose the GENERATOR branch switch on the AC panel | | GENERATOR SHORE 6. Check the POWER lights on the main distribution panel. The = and turn it ON. POWER lights should = be on. If not have the Н= #= В dockmaster check the —\ 88 4. Individual breakers and dockside power —— A — switches can now be o \ energized. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 13. STEERING SYSTEM "HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM (F16.3.10.1) © © © (А) STARBOARD OUTBOARD STRINGER STARBOARD RUDDER POST (C) STEERING RAM (D) PORT RUDDER POST (E) AUTOPILOT RUDDER REFERENCE ARM The hydraulic power steering system uses the boat's engines to provide the “power” for the steering system, via a mechanical or electrical motor driven hydraulic pump. A manual hydraulic steering system, consisting of a helm and a hydraulic cylinder (fitted with an integral servo cylinder and a power steering valve), supplies the “control” portion of the steering system. Under normal conditions, with engines running, a hydraulic oil supply is in a standby mode, ready to be directed to the steering cylinder as dictated by the steering wheel, servo cylinder and power steering valve. Turning the steering wheel left or right makes the system go from “standby” into “operating” mode and move the steering cylinder accordingly. In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic oil from the steering helm is automatically diverted into the servo and steering cylinder, providing the helmsman with manual backup steering. An oil reservoir located on the aft component board in the bilge allows easy fill and assists the in-line cooler in cooling the hydraulic oil. An in-line oil filter helps to protect the steering system components against contaminants. A. AUTO PILOT (OPTIONAL) If equipped, the auto pilot course computer is located on the control station component board under the control station. The autopilot controls are located on the control station (See figure 2.7.2) and the autopilot pump is located in the aft bilge which can be accessed through a hatch in the master stateroom head. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 14. ANCHORING A. ANCHORING ARRANGEMENT The 390 MY is equipped with a windlass and an | ANCHOR ARRANGEMENT (F16.3.10.2) yaa | \ \ (y M > © (A) ANCHOR (IN CHUTE) (E) PORT BOW LOCKER STARBOARD CHAIN LOCKER (F) WINDLASS FOOT SWITCHES (©) WINDLASS (G) SAFETY LANYARD (D) V-BERTH HATCH (H) CHAIN STOP «a „ 3.10 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT anchor chute. Stow the anchor in the chute when not in use. NOTE: Before using the anchor, be sure the anchor safety hook is removed from the anchor, the chain stop is released from the chain and the anchor is secured to the windlass chain. B. ANCHORING To anchor, bring the bow into the wind or current and put the engine in neutral. When the vessel comes to a stop, lower the anchor from the bow. The anchor line should be 5 to 7 times the depth of the water. Proper anchoring requires knowledge of RODE and SCOPE. Read this section carefully, understanding the relationship between rode, scope and anchor performance. The rode is the line connecting the anchor to the boat. The 390 MY utilizes an all-chain anchor rode. The scope is technically defined as the ratio of the rode length to the vertical distance from the bow to the sea floor. Since you want to know how much rode to use when anchoring, the formula is: Rode Length = (Bow Height + Water Depth) x Scope о Scope depends on the type of anchor, bottom, tide, wind and sea conditions. e Minimum is 5:1 for calm conditions; norm is 7:1; severe conditions may require 10:1. Example: Rode Length = (3 feet + 10 feet) x 7 SINKING HAZARD - Anchor from the bow if using one anchor. A small current can make a stern-anchored boat unsteady; a heavy current can drag a stern- anchored craft under water. COLLISION HAZARD — Anchor only in areas where your boat will not disrupt other boats. Do not anchor in a channel or tie up to any navigational aid. It is dangerous and illegal. Rode Length = 13 feet x 7 Rode Length = 91 feet NOTE: Scope factor may range from 5 to 10 or more. Less than 5, the anchor breaks out too easily. C. LOWERING ANCHOR * Be sure there is adequate rode. * Secure rode to both the anchor and the boat. Stop boat completely before lowering anchor. If using windlass, refer to windlass operator’s manual. Keep feet clear of coiled line. Turn on anchor light when at anchor or drifting (not under power). D. SETTING ANCHOR * There is no best way to set an anchor. Experiment to see how your anchor performs. * One method is to turn the rode around a bit and slowly pay out as the boat backs from the | ANCHORING (F16.3.11.1) N 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) (4) BOW HEIGHT RODE (С) ANCHOR (D) WATER DEPTH 3.11 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT anchor site. When the proper scope has been reached, snub the rode quickly, causing the anchor to dig into the bottom. * Reverse engine slowly to drive the anchor in and prevent it from dragging. e Close chain stop. E. WEIGHING ANCHOR Run the boat slowly up to the anchor, taking in the rode as you go. The anchor will usually break out when the rode becomes vertical. Be careful that trailing lines do not foul in the propeller. NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the port bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in . F. CLEARING A FOULED ANCHOR A fouled anchor can test your patience and ingenuity. One of the best methods of breaking free is to set a tripline before you lower anchor. To SET À TRIPLINE: e Attach a line to the crown or head of the anchor and the other end to a float. e The line should be just long enough to reach the surface of the water, allowing for tides. e A polypropylene line is a good choice because it is light, strong and floats. e [fthe anchor snags, pull vertically on the tripline to lift the anchor by the crown. G. A FINAL WORD An anchored boat is affected by wind and sea conditions. Because there is no headway, there is no control. Be alert! If leaving the boat, be sure the anchor will hold under all circumstances. We suggest you read this section on anchoring again and fully understand rode and scope and their affect on anchor performance. 15. WINDLASS The windlass is wired to the 12 volt system through the 150 amp WINDLASS fuse in the main DC breaker panel which is located on the FWD component board in the bilge WINDLASS SAFETY LANYARD AND CHAIN STOP (Fıc. 3.12.2) (A) WINDLASS W / SAFETY LANYARD (С) ANCHOR (D) W / CHAIN STOP TRIPLINE ARRANGEMENT (F16.3.12.1) (A) FLOAT TRIPLINE (С) ANCHOR (©) RODE J 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT NOTICE Use the safety hook supplied to ensure that the anchor is held in place should the windlass fail. Do not use the safety hook to support the anchor in a stored position. The windlass should always support the anchor and ensure that it is held in the roller device securely. \. J The windlass facilitates the anchoring of your yacht by automatically raising and lowering the anchor. To operate the windlass the WINDLASS MAIN switch on the control station switch panel must be ON. A. TO OPERATE FROM THE HELM: Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop (See Figure 3.10.1) are removed from the anchor chain. e Turnthe WINDLASS MAIN rocker switch ON. e Push the top of the CONTROL rocker switch (located beside the WINDLASS MAIN on the control station switch panel) to raise the anchor. To lower the anchor, push the push the bottom of the rocker switch. B. TO OPERATE FROM THE BOW: | WINDLASS BOW SWITCHES | (F16.3.13.1) = \ А \ N FOOT N = N S y SWITCHES WINDLASS EMERGENCY HANDLE (F16.3.13.2) C. TO OPERATE MANUALLY: f A Keep hands, feet, hair and loose clothing clear of moving parts. Entanglement may cause severe bodily \. J * Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain. e Lift protective cap on foot switches at port bow and depress UP or DOWN switch for the desired result. injury (i.e. lose of fingers or toes). Na J Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain. * Insertthe emergency handle (located in the stbd bow locker) into the clutch nut. e Turn handle clockwise to retrieve anchor. D. MAINTENANCE: Make sure that the power is off before any work is performed on the windlass. Periodically check the motor and control box electrical connections, remove any residue and cover the connections with a small coating of grease. It is recommended at least once a year to disassemble the windlass and remove any residue build-up. Using the emergency handle ( located under the stbd bow locker cover), unscrew the clutch nut by turning the handle counterclockwise. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 3.13 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT WINDLASS (MAINTENANCE PROFILE) (Fıc. 3.14.1) EMERGENCY HANDLE CLUTCH NUT (©) DRUM (D) UPPER CONE (E) CHAIN PULLEY (F) LOWER CONE \. J * Remove the drum, upper cone, chain wheel and lower cone. * Wash down with fresh water and remove any residue. e (Coat contact surfaces with a light film of lubricant. e Reassemble the unit and tighten clutch by turning the handle clockwise. NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the port bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in. f RR NOTICE S J It is important that the windlass clutch is tight for proper operation and safety. Periodically check the clutch and tighten if necessary. To Tighten Clutch: With the anchor in the stowed position, tighten the windlass clutch by inserting the emergency handle into the clutch nut (see Fig. 8.5.2) and turn clockwise. \. J REFER TO WINDLASS OPERATOR’S MANUAL IN YOUR OWNER’S PACKET FOR DETAILED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. 16. Bow THRUSTER (OPTIONAL) The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow when docking or maneuvering the vessel in narrow channels or where space is at a premium. The bow thruster is located forward of utility room and can be accessed by lifting the galley steps and entering the utility room. To OPERATE THE Bow THRUSTER Activate the bow thruster by turning the 24V BOW THRUSTER switch ON. The switch is located on the control station switch panel (See figure 2.8.2). f Ny Bow THRUSTER OPERATION N (Fic. 3.14.2) BOW THRUSTER TOGGLE CONTROL (SEE FIGURE 2.7.2) TT a BOW 4 YY. N J 1] DIRECTION vu THRUST = NN THRUST Nu J By manipulating the the joy stick also located on the control station the operator is able to move the bow slowly to port and starboard. The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker protects the motor from overheating. When the thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will not operate and must be allowed to cool down for normal operation. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 3.14 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 1. BILGE A. FUEL & OIL SPILLAGE Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. A common violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore. If there is excessive amount of fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard. As a precaution against fuel spillage,fill fuel tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion. 2. BiLGE Pumps The 390 MY is equipped with five (4) bilge pumps, including two (2) emergency high water bilge pumps. Your yacht is also equipped with a gray water sump, with pump and float switch. Each of the bilge pumps are equipped with switches on the control station switch panel. These switches have MANUAL and AUTO positions. When the switch is in the MANUAL position, the pump will run continuously. When the switch is in the AUTO position, the pump is activated when there is enough water in the bilge to raise the float switch to its highest position; and deactivated when the water recedes. The pumps should NOT be left in the MANUAL mode unless the bilge is being pumped out for servicing. The emergency bilge pumps and high water float switches are wired to the systems monitor located on the dash at the control station (see “SYSTEMS MONITOR” in Section 2 - page 2.16). Whenever a bilge pump turns ON, either manually or automatically, the systems monitor will display which pump is active. Should the high water alarms become activated, immediate attention to the area indicated on the systems monitor panel is required. (Fig. 4.1.1) \ | FWD BILGE Pump & FLOAT SWITCH (D) CHECK VALVE (A) EMERGENCY HIGH WATER FLOAT SWITCH FORWARD BULKHEAD EMERGENCY HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP (Fıc. 4.1.2) | MID BILGE Pump & FLOAT SWITCH (A) EMERGENCY HIGH WATER (BD) SHOWER SUMP BILGE PUMP © BILGE PUMP EMERGENCY HIGH WATER FLOAT SWITCH (® CHECK VALVES (C) FLOAT SWITCH (Fic. 4.1.3) AFT BiLGE PUMP & FLOAT SWITCH a FLOAT SWITCH (B) CHECK VALVES (©) BILGE PUMP 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 4.1 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR f A BILGE PUMP ASSEMBLY (Fıc. 4.2.1) (A) PUMP HEAD/ MOTOR ASSY DISCHARGE (©) IMPELLER (D) WATER INLET (E) LOCK TAB © N J SINKING HAZARD - Ensure the bilge pumps are operating properly. Run bilge pumps in the manual position only as long as necessary to remove water. Running bilge pumps dry can damage the pump motor. J Each pump is protected by a breaker on the main DC breaker panel located on the forward component board in the bilge. MAINTENANCE: Frequently inspect the area under the float switches to ensure they are free from debris and gummy bilge oil. To clean, soak in heavy duty bilge cleaner for 10 minutes, agitating several times. Check for unrestricted operation of the float. Repeat the cleaning procedure if necessary. Inspect the bilge pump intakes and keep them free of dirt or material which may impede the flow of water through the pump. To clean the pump strainer, depress the lock tabs on both sides of the pump and lift the pump motor. TROUBLESHOOTING: If water does not come out of discharge hose: 1. Depress the breaker on the main DC breaker panel located on the forward component board in the bilge to ensure it has not tripped. 2. Remove the motor module to see if the impeller rotates with the power on. 3. Remove any debris that may have accumulated In the nozzle section or strainer base. 4. Check hose and connection on hull side for debris and proper connections. 3. BILGE BLOWERS The two (2) bilge fans (one each port & stbd) in the forward engine room remove odors and excessive heat and provide ventilation through the hull vents. The blowers are wired through circuit breakers on the main DC breaker panel located on the forward bilge component board and are activated by a switch on the DC distribution panel on the port aft salon. The blowers can also be activated by a switch on the control station switch panel. Run the blowers when operating below cruising speed and when vessel is at rest with the generator running to dissipate heat buildup in the bilge. BILGE BLOWERS (FIG. 4.2.2) — TT 7 о H i ММ ее — HO VS T- T El ml — y EU Y A = В = nn ann = = С e о + + Н ©, [+ à rH 4.2 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD - Run blower at least four (4) minutes before starting engine or generator. | Check bilge and engine compartment for fumes. Do not allow obstructions to interfere with bilge blower or ventilation intake operation. Engine | performance may be adversely affected. MAINTENANCE: The bilge blowers should be checked periodically to ensure that all electrical connections are secured in place and that the blower motors are operating efficiently. TROUBLESHOOTING: If your bilge blowers fail to operate, depress the breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the engine room to ensure that they have not tripped. 4. ENGINES The inboard engines on your yacht are the heart of your Sea Ray®. Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you of many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine's proper operation outlined in the Engine Operator's Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or at any other time, take care that water does not enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage. The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray”. Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the engine manufacturer. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Engine Operator's Manual included in the owner’s packet. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect the claims made under the independent warranty provided by the engine manufacturer. A. FRESH WATER COOLING SYSTEM The fresh water cooling system is a closed system which helps protect engines from internal corrosion and provides more even distribution of engine temperature. Change the coolant annually. B. CooLANT RECOMMENDATIONS: The standard mixture of water and coolant is a mixture of 30% environmentally safe, non-toxic antifreeze and 70% water, which protects to O*F (-18°C). This will allow the coolant to expand properly and maintain normal operating engine temperature. In colder climates, the coolant level should be increased to 50/50, which protects to - 34°F (-37°C), for proper coverage. To find engine coolant requirements for the specific engine on your yacht, refer to your Engine Owner’s Manual in the Owner’s Manual Packet. 5. ENGINE MOUNTS The adjustable type engine mounts permit adjustment sideways as well as vertically. Vertical adjustment nuts lock up or down on the threaded vertical stud, with a slot provided to allow side to side adjustment on the engine. ENGINE MOUNT (Fıc. 4.3.1) PLASTIC COVER NOTE: All bolts to be torqued to 50 Ft pounds | 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 4.3 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR IMPORTANT: The large adjustment locknuts on these mounts must be tightened properly to retain alignment. It is also advisable to spray a protective coating on the studs and nuts to prevent corrosion. 6. MARINE GEARS A. REDUCTION GEARS A reduction gear reduces the rotating speed of the propeller shaft in relation to the engine RPM. This permits the use of a larger propeller while allowing the engine to attain its rated RPM, thereby increasing efficiency. B. REVERSE GEARS The reverse gear incorporates the clutch and controls the rotation of the propeller. The position of the clutch control or shifting lever indicates the motion which the clutch and reverse gear are transmitting. The center position of the lever indicates neutral. Engine RPM should never exceed 1000 when engaging or disengaging the clutch. Higher RPM will result in unnecessary wear and shortened life of the unit, and perhaps breakage. Marine reverse gears are hydraulically operated, thereby making it imperative to periodically maintain and check oil level. If the correct oil level is not maintained, slippage occurs, causing damage to the clutch plates. Too much oil will cause foaming and erratic clutch operation. For additional information see the Engine Operators Manual. 7. ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system on Sea Ray® boats with inboard engines is designed so that water from the raw water cooling system enters the exhaust system through elbows (engine side) where water and exhaust are mixed. Water and exhaust are then pumped through the mufflers and then overboard through the exhaust outlet. Make sure water is flowing from the exhaust outlets while the engines are operating. Prior to every boat use, examine the exhaust system fittings to ensure tightness. 390MY ENGINE EXHAUST (Fi. 4.4.1) (A) EXHAUST HOSE © MUFFLER (C) EXHAUST OUTLET PORT EXHAUST SHOWN, STARBOARD EXHAUST TYPICAL. GENERATOR EXHAUST FEEDS INTO STARBOARD EXHAUST SYSTEM A drain plug is located on each muffler. When servicing or winterizing, remove the plug to drain the water out of each muffler. Replace the plug after all water has drained from the muffler. 8. VIBRATION & CAUSES Some vibration is to be expected in your boat because of the action of the engines and the propeller. But excessive vibration indicates conditions which must be promptly corrected to avoid damage. Contact your Sea Ray® dealer immediately if you are experiencing severe vibration. The following are some conditions which may cause vibrations. A. FOREIGN OBJECT INTERFERING WITH PROPELLER ACTION Weeds, ropes, fishing lines or nets can become wrapped around the propeller and/or shaft, causing vibration and loss of speed. Always stop and then reverse the propeller after going through a weedy area to unwrap and clear away any weeds which may have accumulated. Although reversing will sometimes help to unwrap lines and nets, they are difficult to remove without hauling the boat. Always check for loose or trailing dock lines before getting underway. When towing a dinghy, 4.4 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR remember that a long line may easily become entangled with the propeller when backing down. B. BENT PROPELLER AND/OR SHAFT A badly damaged or distorted propeller or shaft is an obvious cause of vibration. Even when the propeller appears to be perfect, make sure it has not been pulled off-center by the propeller key. C. ENGINE AND SHAFT OUT OF ALIGNMENT Although the shaft is properly aligned when it leaves the factory, after transit and after the boat has been in the water a few days, the alignment should be rechecked. The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine and the alignment should be set at .005 or less. Referto SHAFTS (pg. 4.9) in this section of this Owner's Manual. D. COUPLING Out OF TRUE Although an extremely unlikely condition, check the couplings if other efforts to correct the vibration fail. Check the engine half of the coupling (with dial indicator on the face) to see that it runs true with the shaft coupling. Also check the coupling keys. They must fit correctly to prevent forcing the couplings off center. E. ENGINE PART HITTING BOAT STRUCTURE Engines are flexibly mounted to reduce transmission of vibration to the hull structure. If some part of the engine, such as the oil pan, reverse gear or reduction gear housing, contacts a stringer, brace or part of the hull, vibration will result. The flexible shaft log allows a limited side motion of the shaft, but an excessive “whip” can cause the shaft to strike the sides of the shaft hole or the shaft log with resultant vibration. F. OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES Other causes of vibration include the following: engine out of tune, a bent rudder, a worn strut bearing, a component of the exhaust system vibrating against the hull or improper contact between shaft taper and the propeller hub bore. 9. OIL EXCHANGE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) If equipped the oil change system, located on the inboard port stringer, center of the port engine, simplifies changing the oil in the engines, transmissions and generator. The pump is self- priming and pumps in either direction. The oll change pump is protected by the 24 volt OIL CHANGE PUMP breaker on the DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the engine room. = | OrL EXCHANGE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) (Fic. 4.5.1) TO STARBOARD TRANSMISSION TO STARBOARD ENGINE (©) TO PORT ENGINE ©) TO PORT TRANSMISSION (E) TO GENERATOR (F) DRAIN/FILL HOSE (6) PUMP (4) PUMP FLOW SWITCH (1) OPEN/CLOSE VALVE (J) PORT INBOARD STRINGER A. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: (SERVICE ONE (1) ENGINE AT A TIME.) 1. Run engines or generator for several minutes to warm the oil and mix the sludge. 2. Selectthe first unitto be serviced. Turn the valve to the open position, in line with valve body. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 4.5 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR On CHANGE PUMP (USED Оп.) (Fic. 4.6.1) (A) TO STARBOARD TRANSMISSION (Е) TO GENERATOR TO STARBOARD ENGINE (E) PUMP FLOW SWITCH (©) TO PORT ENGINE (G) USED OIL (©) TO PORT TRANSMISSION 3. Turn the pump on (switch position indicates the direction of flow) and pump the old oil into containers to be disposed of properly. 4. After oil has been pumped out of unit being serviced, place the pump discharge hose into a container of pre-measured fresh oil and reverse the pump switch to pump the fresh oil into the engine. NOTE: Fresh oil should be at least 60° F (16% C). OrL CHANGE PUMP (FRESH OIL) (Fic. 4.6.2) (A) TO STARBOARD TRANSMISSION (Е) TO GENERATOR TO STARBOARD ENGINE (F) PUMP FLOW SWITCH (©) TO PORT ENGINE © FRESH OIL 4 Rn 5. When pumping Is complete, shut the pump off and close the valve leading to the unit being serviced. Check oil level and adjust if necessary. 6. Repeat for each engine, generator or transmission to be serviced. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 10. UNDERWATER GEAR A. PROPELLERS Propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely knocked out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer. When doing extensive cruising, it is advisable to carry extra propellers aboard. BASIC PROPELLER CHARACTERISTICS Propellers have two basic characteristics: e Diameter e Pitch PROPELLER PITCH AND DIAMETER (Fic. 4.6.3) / 7 | PITCH — 1 DIAMETER (©) TO PORT TRANSMISSION Na J Diameter is that distance measured across the propeller hub line from the outer edge of the 360° that is made by the propeller’s blade during a single rotation. Pitch is that distance in inches that a propeller will travel if rotated one revolution without any slippage. For example, a propeller with a 12-inch pitch, when rotated 360° would, theoretically, advance 12 inches 4.6 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR through the water. Actually, no propeller applied to any boat is 100% efficient. No 12-inch pitch blade Will, in a single rotation, advance a boat 12 inches. This variance is referred to as slippage. VENTILATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS 7 While often called “cavitation,” ventilation is really a different effect. At times when a boat enters or leaves a sharp turn, the propeller seems to slip and lose thrust and the engine may over-speed (Figure 4.8.2). This problem is normally caused by air or aerated water entering the propeller. (A damaged propeller can also cause ventilation.) Ventilation can usually be corrected by replacing the damaged or incorrect propeller with the recommended one. f A PROPELLER VENTILATION (Fıc. 4.7.1) — ‚== OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE D, \_ J CAVITATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS Cavitation is a phenomenon that occurs in all propeller-driven craft under certain conditions. The surface of propeller blades are not perfectly flat, and as water is drawn through the blades to be discharged aft into the propeller’s slip stream, the water flowing over the curved surface of the blade encounters areas of greater and less pressure. In those areas of reduced pressure, air bubbles are formed. When they move out of the low pressure area these bubbles collapse. If they collapse while in contact with an object, such as part of the propeller blade or trim plane, the bubbles create such highly localized forces that they erode the surface of the object. In the case of the propeller, such damage is sometimes called a “burn.” It may be caused by an irregularity in the propeller’s leading edge, and it should be corrected by reconditioning N Have only one (1) valve open at a time. Make sure other valves are closed to prevent accidental over filling. Na J the propeller or by replacement. Cavitation is a normal occurrence in modern sport boats, and prop inspection should be part of routine maintenance. PROPELLER TORQUE AND ITS CORRECTION Some of the more powerful motors create a considerable torque effect; that is, a twisting motion causing the boat to ride with one sheer lower than the other. This twisting reaction is caused by the direction of propeller rotation lifting one side of the boat. This causes an uneven drag, so that a boat's bow may tend to fall off in one direction or the other from the intended course given by the wheel. Torque action may occur when maximum or close to maximum rated horsepower is applied. Any slight torque may be offset by shifting passenger or gear weight laterally to the high side of the boat. COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS On twin engine yachts, one propeller turns in a clockwise direction while the other turns counterclockwise in order to maintain a straight course through the water. When removing or replacing propellers, be sure to install the correct propeller on the correct drive. | COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS (FIG. 4.7.2) 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 4.7 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR PROPELLER INSTALLATION For proper rotation, the installation of propellers on Inboard engine boats requires the right hand propeller to be installed on the starboard side and the left hand propeller to be installed on the port side. Install in the following manner: 1. Inspect the key. It must be chamfered so that the corners of the key do not touch the keyway fillets. 2. Install the propeller on the shaft without the key in the keyway. Slide the propeller all the way on the shaft until it seats. Mark the shaft on the leading edge of the hub with a felt tip marker and remove the propeller. 3. Install the key in the keyway and slide the propeller on the shaft. If the key is not pinned, tap the key back slightly as the propeller slides up the taper. This will ensure that the propeller does not ride the key up the keyway end radius, thus forcing the propeller off-center. The propeller is properly seated if the hub is in the same position as previously marked. 4. Install a board (2 x 4) against the hub perpendicular to the keel and rotate the propeller clockwise until one blade rotates against the Jam Nut Shaft Thread | Prop Torque | Torque Diameter Size Nut Ft. Lbs. | Ft. Lbs. 1" 3/4" Bronze | 100-125 100 11/4" 7/8" Bronze | 150-175 100 11/2" 11/8" | Bronze | 250-275 100 1 3/4" 1 1/4" | Bronze | 275-300 100 2" 11/2" | Bronze | 325-350 100 21/2" 13/4" | Bronze | 400-425 100 J x NOTICE If the jam nut and prop nut are installed properly, the propeller should not loosen. If you tighten both nuts holding only the propeller blade, the nuts could possibly thread back on the shaft to the cotter pin. It is important that the above procedure be followed. J board. Do not put a board between the strut and the rudder. Install the large bronze prop nut on the propeller shaft and seat the propeller with the correct torque as listed on the table below. Install the jam nut and torque to 100 ft. Ibs. Install the cotter pin. 1 TOP RADIUS IN KEYWAY SHOULD BE 1/2 THE FILLET RADIUS WITH NO SHARP EDGES PROPELLER INSTALLATION (Fic. 4.8.1) IMPROPER CHAMFER ON KEY WILL RESULT IN KEY RIDING UP IN KEYWAY CHAMFER ON KEY SHOULD BE LARGER THAN FILLET IN || KEYWAY KEY SHOULD SEAT IN KEYWAY CORRECT FIT KEY RIDING UP IN KEYWAY INCORRECT FIT ILLUSTRATION #1 © (&) PROP NUT KEY (С) ЗНАЕТ (D) KEYWAY (E) COTTER PIN ® Prop (G) JAM NUT ILLUSTRATION #3 ALL CORNERS OF KEY SHOULD BE CHAMFERED S ILLUSTRATION #2 2X4WEDGE BLOCK ILLUSTRATION #4 J 4.8 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR B. SHAFTS The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine (Figure 4.10.2). The alignment should be set at a maximum of .005" (0.13mm). A slight misalignment will cause loss of power, excessive wear, noise and vibration and should not be tolerated. When checking for parallel coupling faces (the proof of proper alignment), use a feeler gauge not more than .003 to .005 of an inch thick (0.08 — 0.13mm). With coupling faces brought together by hand — not bolted — the feeler gauge should be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings. Next, hold the engine coupling flange stationary and rotate the shaft coupling flange 90 degrees in either direction. The feeler gauge should still be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings. | SHAFT MISALIGNMENT (Fıc. 4.9.1) TRANSMISSION SHAFT COUPLING MAX .005 — — | SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL (F1G. 4.9.3) (D) CARRIER SEAL KIT (E) HULL (4) SHAFT LOG TUBE HOSE CLAMPS SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL” The shaft log is a fiberglass tube which provides an opening through the bottom of the (©) WATER INJECTION FITTING boat for the propeller shaft. The Strong Seal” is connected to it by a short length of special flexible hose which serves to absorb normal shaft vibration. The Strong Seal” prevents water from leaking around the shaft and into the boat. Shaft alignment and straightness must be correct to assure proper operation of the Strong Seal™. Refer to the Strong Seal™ information for the seal carrier kit in the Owner's Manual packet. C. CARRIER SEAL KIT Your boat is equipped with spare carrier seals located on the port and starboard engine shafts. Seal failure can be corrected by replacing the seal with the spare seals provided. To REPLACE THE CARRIER SEAL: 1. Clean any accumulated dirt and scale from the exposed shaft. MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO SHARP EDGES OR BURRS ON THE SHAFT. SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL™ ASSEMBLY (FiG. 4.9.2) = D EN, @ “ / J (A) HOSE CLAMPS (© CARRIER SEAL KIT (E) STAINLESSSTEEL ~~ (G) SHAFT LOG WATER INJECTION (©) STRONG SEAL BANDS (9) HULL | FITTING (F) FLEXIBLE HOSE | 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 4.9 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR | CARRIER SEAL KIT (F16.4.10.1) (A) SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL (D) CARRIER SEAL SEAL HOUSING (E) SHAFT COUPLING (©) COVER SCREW (F) PROPELLER SHAFT \. J 2. Separate the two halves of the Carrier Seal Kit housing by removing the screws. If there are two lip seals in the carrier kit, move the forwardmost one forward on the shaft until out of the way. 3. Remove the retaining ring from the Strong Seal™ using a small screwdriver (for a spiral ring) or snap-ring pliers (for a snap ring). Work the retaining ring around the new lip seal and move the ring forward out of the way. 4. Re-assemble the empty Carrier Seal Kit housing onto the shaft just forward of the new lip seal with the small diameter facing aft. Leave the screws loose enough that the housing can move along the shaft. The Carrier Seal Kit housing is now ready to be used as a lip seal installation tool. 5. Push needle-nose pliers or a hook into the exposed body of the lip seal and pull it out of the Strong Seal™ housing. Cut the old seal off the shaft with wire cutters. BE CAREFUL NOT TO SCRATCH THE SHAFT. 6. Inspect and clean the inside of the Strong Seal™ housing and the newly exposed area of the shaft that was under the old lip seal. 7. Push the new lip seal and installation tool aft until the lip seal contacts the Strong Seal™ housing. Using a rubber mallet, tap the face of the installation tool until the lip seal is seated within the Strong Seal™ housing. You will know the lip seal is fully seated when the retaining ring groove is exposed. 8. Remove the Carrier Seal Kit housing from the shaft. Re-install the retaining ring into its groove in the Strong Seal™ housing. 9. If the Carrier Seal Kit came with two lip seals, position the remaining lip seal back onto a convenient location on the shaft at least 2" forward of the Strong Seal™. Re-assemble the Carrier Seal Kit housing around the lip seal with the smaller diameter facing forward. Tighten the screws and make sure the assembly is firmly secured on the shaft. NOTE: As the Carrier Seal Kit is turning with the shaft and the Strong Seal™ is not, it is important that the two do not touch. D. STRUT The strut is the bronze casting fastened to the - STRUT (Fic. 4.10.2) p (A) STRUT (C) PROPELLER SHAFT SHAFTLOG (D) BEARING bottom of the hull to support and form a bearing for the propeller shaft. A replaceable rubber bearing is inserted to minimize wear and protect the shaft where it passes through the strut hub. During lay up periods, squirt castor oil into this bearing to keep it from freezing to the shaft. Never use machine oil or grease on rubber bearing. Periodically check all strut fastenings to assure that they are secure. 11. RUDDER & RUDDER STUFFING Box The rudder is the vertical flat surface aft of the propeller that pivots about a vertical axis and changes the direction of the boat through the water. The rudder stuffing box prevents water from leaking into the boat where the rudder 4.10 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR | RUDDER & RUDDER STUFFING Box (F16.4.11.1) (A) RUDDER STUFFING BOX (D) RUDDER POST PACKING (E) HULL As a safety measure, close all seacocks when leaving boat for any length of time to impede water (© JAM NUT (F) RUDDER Na À post enters the hull. Spot check for leaks before and after using your boat. 12. SEACOCKS & STRAINERS Seacocks and strainers provide cooling water to the engines, generator and A/C units located throughout the bilge area. SEACOCK & STRAINER (F16.4.11.2) (A) O-RING CAP (C) STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN (D) STRAINER BODY (E) SEACOCK (F) HANDLE (OPEN POSITION) To open the seacock, turn the handle in line with water flow (vertically). To close, turn the handle against water flow (horizontally). The strainers should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. If operation of the air conditioning is excessive it is important that the A/C unit strainers are inspected more frequently than other strainers. ingress in the event of water hose failure. J The seacock body should be inspected and lubricated annually. TO CLEAN THE STRAINER Close the seacock by turning the handle against water flow direction (horizontally). NOTE: Some seacocks are equipped with locking tee handles which must be loosened before operating the handle [Loosen strainer cap with the adjustable spanner wrench provided. It is stowed on the port inboard stringer. STRAINER MAINTENANCE (F16.4.11.3) ADJUSTABLE SPANNER WRENCH (SUPPLIED) Rotate strainer cap clear of strainer housing. Pull upward on stainless steel screen basket handle. Clean basket and replace. STRAINER MAINTENANCE (F16.4.11.4) (4) CAP ( © > O-RING | AD (© STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN (D) STRAINER BODY 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 4.11 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 13. HyprAULIC POWER STEERING CONTROL The hydraulic power steering ram ensures identical positioning of the port and starboard rudders. Check that rudder arms are tight and free of play. Ensure that fluid resevoir is up to level and filter is clean. The fluid reservoir and filter are located on the aft component board in the engine room along with the optional auto pilot pump. Sea RayS recommends Sea Star hydraulic steering fluid or Dextron 3 auto transmission fluid for the power steering system. POWER STEERING (Fic. 4.12.1) (A) STARBOARD RUDDER POST STEERING RAM (©) PORT RUDDER POST (©) AUTO PILOT RUDDER REFERENCE ARM 4.12 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 14. 390 MY BILGE LAYOUT 390 MY BILGE (F16.4.13.1) FWD f (A) DRAIN LINE ROUTING DC MAIN BREAKER PANEL (© BILGE & GALLEY VENTILATION (©) VACU-FLUSH® SYSTEM (E) MASCERATOR (OPTIONAL) (E) MASCERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL) (E) STARBOARD FUEL TANK (1) GENERATOR STRAINER (1) GENERATOR SEACOCK (D) HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP (K) STARBOARD ENGINE EXHAUST (1) FLOAT SWITCH (M) BILGE PUMP (N) SHOWER SUMP (©) AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER (P) PORT ENGINE EXHAUST (Q) PORT FUEL TANK (R) BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES (OPTIONAL) (S) STARBORD ENGINE BATTERY (1 OF 2) (T) PORT ENGINE MAIN BATTERY (1 OF 2) “ss — 1 (U) GENERATOR (V) STARBORD ENGINE BATTERY (2 OF 2) (W) GENERATOR MUFFLER (X) FORWARD BILGE PUMP (Y) FORWARD FLOAT SWITCH (Z) WATER HEATER (™ BILGE & FORWARD STRM VENTILATION WASHER/DRYER (OPTIONAL) €) HOLDING TANK 6D BOW THRUSTER (OPTIONAL) 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 4.13 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 390 MY BiLGE LAYOUT 390 MY BILGE (F16.4.14.1) FWD | — РР == JS DD Ц LL pi) 0 FI т > A 6 — — — | В | ee ЧР Г fl = — 05 IO RY | Y 1H | |] === \ > ZI G SZ Tom 4 = — CG TE Y A AP HE 7 (©) AUTO PILOT PUMP (E) WATER PUMP (G) TRIM TAB PUMP 4.14 Me — AL y, Ps AE el 7 E ТИ и Ш T Es À o A Tre © то | TTX © 7 4 ® PORT ENGINE EXHAUST DRAIN LINE ROUTING © BILGE BLOWER (TYPICAL PORT & STARBOARD) (E) ACCUMULATOR BOTTLE (H) STEERING RAM (D) WATER TANK (3) AFT BILGE PUMP (K) AFT FLOAT SWITCH (1) PORT TRIM TAB (M) PORT ENGINE SHAFT (N) POTABLE WATER LINE ROUTING 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM 1. FUEL SYSTEM Section 3 - Using Your Boat contains important fueling information. Take time to read all the fuel related information in the owner’s manual. Fuel lines, filters and all fuel system components should be checked at the start of each season and periodically thereafter, particularly after any work has been done aboard the boat which might have affected any part of the system. Be certain that all are in proper condition and that the entire system is fuel tight. Each fuel tank has manual shut-off valves on the top of the tank to close off the fuel system in case of leakage or line failure. A. FUEL TANKS The 390 MY standard gasoline fuel system consists of two (2) aluminum fuel tanks with a capacity of 150 gals. (568 liters) each, for a total capacity of 300 gals. (1136 liters). The port and starboard fuel tanks are connected directly to the respective engines through an electric fuel shut-off valve. Fuel is supplied to the generator from the port tank. B. FUEL FILL INLET The fill inlets for the fuel tanks are located on the starboard deck walkway forward of the deck entry doors. C. FUEL VENT Your Sea Ray” is equipped with a fuel tank vent (See figure 5.2.1) for each tank which serves as a pressure/vacuum release and safety overflow. The through-hull fitting has a flame arrester, making it imperative that you keep the screen clean and in excellent repair. Replace the screen immediately if it becomes damaged or displaced. Periodically check the vent to assure that it is not clogged. 390 MY FUEL TANKS (Fra. 5.1.1) г (Е) © a DT e A = Na 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) (A) STARBOARD FUEL TANK STARBOARD ENGINE FUEL FEED (C) STARBOARD FUEL VALVE (D) STARBOARD FUEL VENT (E) PORT FUEL VENT (F) STARBOARD FUEL FILL (©) PORT FUEL FILL (1) PORT FUEL VALVE (J) PORT ENGINE FUEL FEED (K) GENERATOR FUEL FEED (1) GENERATOR FUEL VALVE (M) PORT FUEL TANK 5.1 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM f = FUEL FiLL & VENT WITH SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER (A) FUEL FILL FUEL VENT (C) SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER f в ELECTRIC FUEL VALVE (Fıc. 5.2.2) (A) ELECTRIC FUEL VALVE FROM PORT FUEL TANK (С) TO PORT ENGINE (D) PORT FUEL TANK (E) PRIMARY FUEL FILTER MANUAL OVERRIDE ON/OFF KNOB KEEP IN OFF POSITION FOR NORMAL OPERATION PORT FUEL TANK SHOWN - STARBOARD TANK TYPICAL Na A 2. FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS The quality of the fuel is very important for satisfactory engine performance and long engine life. Fuel should be clean and free of contamination. Your fuel tanks should be kept full of fuel whenever possible. This will reduce the amount of water condensation and reduce the possibility of contamination. NOTE: In rough seas, allow approximately 15% reserve when planning fuel consumption. 3. ELECTRIC FUEL VALVE The electric fuel valves on the fuel tanks are wired to the ignition switch. When the ignition is turned ON the valve opens, when the ignition is turned OFF the valve closes. The manual override knob on the side of the valve should be left in the OFF position at all times. \. J In the event of an electrical malfunction, the valve can be opened and closed manually by turning the manual override knob. The electric fuel valve is installed in-line on the fuel hose between the fuel tank and engines & generator. 4. FUEL FILTERS Primary fuel filters are located in-line between the fuel tank and the engine. To help keep the fuel as clean as possible, Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the recommended maintenance and/or replacement of the filters. Improper maintenance may adversly affect the claims made under the independant warranty provided by the engine manufacturer. A. FUEL FILTERS: (DIESEL OPTION) Primary Racor® fuel filters are located on the aft component board in the bilge. To help keep the fuel as clean as possible, Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the recommended maintenance 5.2 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM | RACOR® FUEL FILTER (FiG. 5.3.1) (4) T-HANDLE TURBINE (C) SEE-THRU BOWL (D) HEAT DEFLECTOR (E) DRAIN PLUG (5) LID \. J program consisting of proper lubrication and cleaning of the fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters provided by the engine manufacturer. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversly affect the claims made under the independant warranty provided by the engine manufacturer. NOTE: Use of any methanol, gasohol or alcohol based fuel additive will damage the fuel filter. B. GENERATOR FUEL FILTER (DIESEL OPTION) A Racor® fuel filter located at the starboard fuel tank provides clean fuel to the generator. (GENERATOR RACOR* FUEL FILTER (FIG. 5.3.2) (A) STARBOARD FUEL TANK GENERATOR FUEL FILTER = J C. FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE A major cause of poor starting or power loss is the result of a clogged filter element or a fuel system air leak. Check that the filter lid and drain plug are properly tightened. Inspect or drain the collection bowl of water daily. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) TO DRAIN WATER: 1. Shut down the engine. 2. Loosen the T-handle on the top lid to break the vacuum within the filter. 3. With a suitable collection container in place, remove the drain plug and allow water and contaminants to drain. q J 4. Replace the drain plug and, if necessary, prime the filter by removing the lid and filling the filter with clean fuel. 5. Replace the lid and tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten. Replace the filter element at regular intervals or if a power loss is detected. TO REPLACE THE FILTER: 1. Shut down the engine. 2. Remove the lid. 3. Remove the old rubber lid seal and dispose of the old seal properly. 4. Apply a coating of clean fuel or motor oil to the rubber lid seal supplied with the new element. 5. Place the new seal in position on the lid. f \ RACOR® FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (FIG. 5.3.3) a (4) T-HANDLE RUBBER SEAL (C) FILTER ELEMENT (©) DRAIN PLUG 5.3 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM (DIESEL FUEL OPTION) (FIG. 5.4.1) © © \ 6. Remove the filter element by holding the molded handle and slowly pulling upward with a twisting motion. 7. Insert the new filter element with a slow downward twisting motion. 8. Fill the filter with clean fuel, then replace the lid. Tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten. 9. Start the engine and check for any leaks. 10. Correct any leaks with the engine shut down. It is recommended that spare filter elements be carried aboard as contaminated fuel can easily plug a filter. REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. (F) (A) STARBOARD FUEL TANK FUEL VENT (©) FUEL FILL (D) TO STARBOARD FILTER (E) STARBOARD FUEL FILTER (E) PORT FUEL FILTER (G) TO PORT ENGINE (H) TO PORT FILTER (1) TO STARBOARD ENGINE (J) FROM PORT ENGINE (K) PORT FUEL TANK (D) FROM STARBOARD ENGINE (M) TO GENERATOR (N) FROM GENERATOR (©) FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD (P) TO GENERATOR FILTER (Q) FROM STARBOARD ENGINE 5. FUELING PRECAUTIONS Certain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm. 54 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM A. GENERAL: Fuel during daylight. Check fill plate label to ensure fuel is placed only in fuel tank. Fuel fill plates are located on the port and starboard deck walkway forward of the deck entry doors (see Fig. 5.2.1). Avoid spills. Know your fuel capacity and consumption. Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine's hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity. Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve. Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas. B. BEFORE & DURING FUELING — CHECKLIST: Fire extinguisher — close at hand. Mooring — boat tied securely to fueling pier. Crew — at least one knowledgeable person present. Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) Engines — stopped. Electrical equipment, including blowers — power off. Windows, doors, hatches — closed. Smoking material — extinguished. Inboard tanks — grounded. Filler pipe — marked DIESEL. Fuel nozzle — in contact with filler pipe to prevent static sparks. Fill level — fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion. Trim — fuel weight distributed equally. C. AFTER FUELING — CHECKLIST: Windows, doors, hatches — open. Sniff test — if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers until fumes are gone. Fuel tank — secure filler cap. Spills — wipe; dispose of rags ashore. Never start an engine until you are certain that fuel fumes are not present in the engine compartment or elsewhere in the boat. 5.5 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM This page intentionally left blank 5.6 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. DC SYSTEM The 12 volt direct current (DC) electrical system derives its power from the batteries, which are kept charged by an engine-driven alternator and/or AC converter. The battery voltage is indicated by the voltmeter on the main distribution panel and control station instrument panel. Each battery bank can be checked with the battery voltage test switch only on the DC distribution panel. The batteries supply power to the circuit breakers on the main DC breaker panel in the bilge, then to the control station breakers and DC distribution panel breakers in the salon. The 12 volt dash systems are protected by the ELECTRONICS and CONTROL STATION breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward bulkhead of the bilge. The 12 volt functions on the salon DC distribution panel are protected by the “CABIN MAIN” breaker on the main DC breaker panel. The negative terminal of each bank of batteries is attached to the main DC negative buss ground studs of the propulsion engines and the generator. This “negative ground system” is the approved system for marine DC electrical systems. 2. BATTERIES The batteries in your boat have been selected for their ability to furnish starting power based on engine and generator starting requirements as well as their ability to supply power to the DC system. The following table describes the recommended marine cranking batteries to install in your boat. Application | Group | Volts | CCA*|Reserve | Qty. Engines 31 12 800 200 4 Bow Thruster 31 12 800 200 2 *COLD CRANKING AMPS The main engine cranking batteries consist of two (2) 31 series, 12 volt batteries connected in parallel for each engine. If equipped, there are two (2) 31 series, 12 volt marine batteries connected in series to create the 24 volts required for operation of the bow thruster. Recommended batteries are available through your local Sea Ray® dealer. | BATTERIES (FIG. 6.1.1) \. BATTERY LAYOUT WITH OPTIONAL BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES (4) PORT MAIN ENGINE BATTERIES STBD MAIN ENGINE BATTERY © OPTIONAL BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES ©) HOLDING TANK 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.1 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM f A * Never use an open flame in the battery storage area. e Avoid striking sparks near the batteries. e A battery will explode if a flame or spark ignites the free hydrogen given off during charging. Na A. To REMOVE THE BATTERY CABLES: 1. Turn OFF all items drawing power from the batteries. 2. Turn OFF the “CONVERTER” breaker at the main distribution panel. 3. Turn OFF battery solenoid switches. 4. Remove the positive cable first, then the negative cable. To replace the cables, reverse the procedure. B. BATTERY MAINTENANCE: Check the fluid level in the cells approximately every 4 weeks, and more often in summer and hot zones. While the engine or generator is running, the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached nor should the battery solenoid switch(es) be turned off. The alternator and other electronic units will be damaged. Ne A * The fluid level must be between the lower and the upper markings. * Only replenish with distilled water. Do not use metal funnels. * Coat battery terminal clamps with silicone grease. Keep battery clean and dry. Always disconnect battery cables before doing any work on the engine's electrical system or alternator wiring to prevent arcing or damage to the Only use a battery charger designed to charge automotive/marine type batteries when batteries are disconnected from the boat's electrical circuit. f в Use ONLY Marine Rated parts to replace such items as starters, distributors, alternators, generators, etc. Do not use Automotive Parts because they are not ignition protected and could cause a fire or explosion. 3. MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL The main DC breaker panel (Figure 6.4.1) is located on the forward bulkhead in the bilge. The breaker panel contains switches for various equipment plus the main battery solenoids. NOTE: The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, stereo memory, bilge blowers, battery chargers, engine unswitched positive, smartcraft unswitched, sump pump and systems monitor CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches. 4. BATTERY SWITCHES AND SOLENOIDS The main engine battery and generator switches are located on the Main DC Breaker Panel in the bilge (See figure 6.4.1) and the DC distribution panel in the port salon (See figure 6.9.1). A. MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS The battery solenoids are located inside the Main Battery Solenoid Access Panel on the forward engine room component board (See figure 6.3.1). When the switches are in the OFF position all 12 volt current to the engines and accessories are turned off except power to the equipment listed in the above NOTE. The battery switches must be ON to start the engines or generator. Turn battery solenoids OFF when leaving boat for extended duration. 6.2 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM fr SOLENOIDS (Fıc. 6.3.1) MAIN BATTERY SWITCHES AND LATCHING (A) B. Bow THRUSTER SOLENOID The latching solenoid for the bow thruster is located on the aft component board in the utility room which can be accessed by lifting the galley companionway steps. Bow THRUSTER LATCHING SOLENOID (FIG. 6.3.2) (В) (А) x à .— EN e о ^^ S | ® > 9 5) © \ © e N MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS O PORT GEN STBD e) ENERGIZE aaállE|) @ © = = = (A BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER COVER =| [=| |= (© BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID © 150 AMP FUSE DE-ENERGIZE O О) \ À (A) MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL @ ELECTRONICS MAIN BLOWER MODULE © TERMINAL STUD CONTROL STATION MAIN © WINDLASS MAIN SOLENOID TERMINAL STUD STARBOARD BATTERIES SOLENOID (1) CABIN MAIN TERMINAL STUD (® EMERGENCY STARTSOLENOID ~~ GENERATOR MAIN SOLENOID (© PORT BATTERIES SOLENOID \. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.3 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL (FIG. 6.4.1) FWD EMERGENCY CABIN STEREO MEMORY BLOWER #1 ENGINE UNSWITCHED POSITIVE MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS r \ O _PORT GEN STBD_ 0 O SMARTCRAFT ENERGIZE UNSWITCHED BATTERY CHARGER О — —— DE-ENERGIZE — (O IF SWITCH 1S TURNED OFF WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED © O © o © °° MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL 12 VDC CABIN MAIN CONTROL STATION ENGINE ENGINE IGNITION IGNITION CABLEMASTER ELECTRONICS ELECTRONIC OIL CHANGE CONTROL PUMP ACCESSORY ELECTRONIC O CONTROL О ACCESSORY ACCESSORY EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP PUMP FWD BILGE SE PUMP A7 SUMP PUMP AFT EMERGENCY AFT BILGE PUMP ® PUMP AFT PUMP SYSTEMS MONITOR BRIDGE STEREO MEMORY BLOWER #2 ENGINE UNSWITCHED POSITIVE SMARTCRAFT O UNSWITCHED BATTERY CHARGER O ©, NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment. 6.4 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5. CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL The control station breaker panel is located behind an access door under the helm at the control station. In the event one of the breakers trip, determine and correct the fault, then reset by depressing the tripped breaker. | FUSsE BLOCK, 1 YPICAL (FIG. 6.5.3) 5 © Ls on - [SD 1 => NX LJ CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL (FIG. 6.5.1) 4 о O LIGHTING NAV SPOT TRIM PORT STBD LIGHTS LIGHT TABS WIPER WIPER WINDSHIELD HORN 12V ENGINE ACCY ACCY VENT RECEPT SYNC 6. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FUSE BLOCKS & BREAKERS Fuse blocks utilizing automotive type blade fuses are used to provide overload protection. The electronics fuse block is located next to the breaker panel behind the access door under the helm at the control station. f A ELECTRONICS FUSE BLOCK AT CONTROL STATION (FIG. 6.5.2) O — © — © 1 VHF 2 GPS 4 CHART PLOTTER 3 DEPTH/SPEED © 5 RADAR 6 AUTOPILOT [а Ц ВЦ [| |е |) | 7 CELLULARPHONE 8 B&G NETWORK 9 ACCESSORY 10 ACCESSORY f A «a A \. J There is also an accessory fuse block on the accessory board located behind the distribution panel in the salon. In the event it becomes necessary to replace a fuse or an electrical breaker, REPLACE THE FUSE OR BREAKER ONLY WITH A FUSE OR BREAKER OF THE SAME RATING. The amperage is marked on the fuse or breaker. If a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of lower amperage, it will be insufficient to carry the electrical load of the equipment it is connected to and cause nuisance tripping or blowing. Conversely if a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of higher amperage, it will not provide adequate protection against an electrical malfunction and could create a possible fire hazard. Some of the various types of breakers used on your boat are as follows: This type is an in-line fuse holder and uses an automotive-type blade fuse. (FIG. 6.5.4) This type of breaker is found on the control station DC breaker panel located behind the access panel below the control station switch panel. These breakers protect the trim tabs, wipers, windshield \ J vent, navigation lights, spot 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM light, engine synchronizer, horn, instrument lights, 12V receptacle and accessories. This type of breaker is typically found on the main distribution panel. It selects the electrical power source, either from the generator or from shore power. (Fic. 6.6.1) This type of breaker is found on the main DC breaker panel. ltis used to protect the bilge pumps, sump pumps, bilge blowers, control station main, electronics, systems monitor, oil change pump, stereo memory and accessories. This is a manual reset breaker. It can be turned off by inserting a small screwdriver in the slot on the toggle switch. (FIG. 6.6.2) SLOT FOR DE-ENERGIZING This type is a current limiting fuse which is used to isolate faults in battery operated systems and equipment (motor circuits, panel feeders, etc.). (FIG. 6.6.3) 7.12 VoLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE The 390 MY is equipped with three (3) 12 volt accessory receptacles located at the control station, inside the galley cabinet above the sink 12 VoLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE (FIG. 6.6.4) and in the port cabinet of the master stateroom (See pages 2.21 thru 2.23). The receptacle is to be used with any 12 volt accessories using this type of plug. 8. EMERGENCY START SYSTEM The emergency start system utilizes amomentary switch located on the control station switch panel and an emergency start solenoid located in the main DC main breaker panel. Holding the switch energizes the solenoid which parallels the batteries to assist in starting. Use the emergency start system when the charge of one bank of batteries is insufficient to start its corresponding engine. To engage the engine emergency start system, start whichever engine has sufficient battery power, then hold the emergency start switch while starting the other engine. 9. ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT The 50 amp electronics circuit utilizes a circuit breaker on the main DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the bilge to energize the electronics fuse block at the control station. 10. AC SYSTEM EXTREME HAZARD - Swimming near a boat operating on AC electrical system can lead to severe shock and death. Never swim or allow swimming when AC system is in use. N 6.6 \. J The 390 MY's AC standard electrical system operates on a 240V/60 cycle, 50 amp shore power cable. Take time to become familiar with the Main Distribution Panel in the port salon. NOTE: Actual usage of equipment will depend on the amperage output of the power source available. Line voltage from the generator or shore power is shown by the voltmeters on the AC main distribution panel. The ammeters indicate amperes being drawn through the selected power source's circuit breakers on the main distribution panel. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The main breakers located on the 240VAC main distribution panel are equipped with a source selector slide to prevent the generator and shore power from being energized at the same time and damaging the electrical system. Both breakers must be in the OFF position before switching to an alternate power source. Under no circumstances override the source select system. The main breakers may trip if there is a surge in line voltage, an electrical storm or an onboard system overload. The main breaker interrupts both the neutral and hot feeds in the AC circuit to prevent equipment damage due to internal overloads and external surges. The 240 volt wiring installed on Sea Ray® boats consists of three (3) color-coded wires. The black wire is the “hot” feed, white is the common, or neutral, and the green wire is the ground. All branch breakers and switches for AC equipment are installed on the “hot” wire. The green conductor of the shore power is connected through the galvanic isolator and then connected to the AC grounding buss bar behind the main distribution panel. Never operate 240 volt shore power at less than 220 volts. 11. MAIN DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL Your boat is equipped with a Main DC distribution panel located on the port salon. The breaker panel contains switches for various equipment throughout the boat plus the 24VDC battery switch and generator switch. The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, blowers, engine event recorder, CO monitors, stereo memory and engine ECM remain energized at all times and CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery switches. 12. SERVICING THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL NOTE: Servicing should be referred to a qualified electrician. A. To REPLACE A FAULTY COMPONENT ÓN THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL: Turn all breakers OFF. Make sure the generator is OFF. Unplug the shore power. Remove screws from all sides except the hinged side of panel. The main distribution panel is hinged to swing open for servicing. Reverse the procedure for closing the panel. А © № + N 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.7 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL fr N AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (Fic. 6.8.1) о O O o) MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL POWER POWER 240 VOLTS AC —1 1 AC CONDITIONER PUMP RELAY 100 200 | | 400 200 ADVOLTS AOVOLTS CONDITONER O WATER HEATER GENERATOR SHORE O SALON AIR © AFTAR CONDITIONER #1 CONDITIONER 10 20 30 490 - = | AC AMPERES SALON AIR О O CONDITIONER #2 о CN о Го AJ r 1 O [ Je ACCESSORY O [Je ACCESSORY 120 VOLTS AC GENERATOR SHORE N GALLEY SYSTEMS PORT SYSTEMS | T ] © BATTERY CHARGER о [| O MICROWAVE BOW THRUSTER im 1 REFRIGERATOR/ O BATTERY CHARGER o | ||] O FREEZER CAUTION O O ACCESSORY O O WASHER/DRYER [|] PRIOR T R SHORE A Ä — = AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR o [J ACCESSORY o [Je ACCESSORY O O O ©) NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades N J 6.8 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL fr N DC MAI DISTRIBUTION PANEL (Fıc. 6.9.1) G o © > WATER LEVEL WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL FULL FULL 20 2 DO NOT FLUSH а 12 16 28 3/4 1/2 1/2 DCWVOLTS a EMPTY EMPTY POWER NOTICE WITH SWITCH ON, BATTERY GENERATOR BILGE INDICATOR OFE-CHECK SEACOCK VOLTAGE TEST ON START/RUN BLOWERS DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY. PORT SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES O | O MASTER HEAD oO | Jo FWD LIGHTING STBD STOP О O GUEST HEAD O O AFT LIGHTING SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR О О OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS O | | O DISCHARGE PUMP O | Jo BILGE LIGHTING O | | O POWER VENTS oO | Jo FREST MATER MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS SATELLITE TV \ О | | O STEREO O O O PORT GEN STBD O an [| SYSTEM -— ENERGIZE | | REFRIGERATOR/ O O FREEZER О [|] O 12V RECEPTACLE O [ O ACCESSORY O [| О ACCESSORY — PORT MASTER IGNITION STBD O © J /\ WARNING (D GASOLINE VAPORS CAN EXPLODE (D YN CA U TIO N RESULTING IN INJURY OR DEATH BEFORE STARTING ENGINES OR GENERATOR « CHECK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BILGE IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF FOR GASOLINE OR VAPORS, AND WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING -OPERATE BEOWERSFOR FOUR MINUTES, AND ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED RUN BLOWERS WHEN VESSEL IS OPERATING BELOW CRUISING SPEED. NO o o Oj NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades \_ J 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.9 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 13. GENERATOR Do not run the generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boathouse, as there is a possibility of build-up and inhaling of carbon monoxide. Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray®. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operator's Manual included in the Owners Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect (GENERATOR (F16. 6.10.1) (5) GENERATOR (E) HOLDING TANK VENT FILTER BILGE LIGHT (1 OF 4) (E) GENERATOR EXHAUST (O) GENERATOR OIL RECOVERY (© GENERATOR MUFFLER BOTTLE O) GENERATOR SIPHON BREAK f A claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty. The generator is located in the bilge aft of the starboard fuel tank. Generator gauges are located on the generator. The generator is powered by the port engine battery bank. A. GENERATOR OPERATION The procedures for starting, stopping and switching between generator and shore power are explained in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, pages 3.7 thru 3.9. 14. SHORE POWER A. ISOLATION TRANSFORMER Your yacht is equipped with an isolation transformer. The boat’s electrical system and grounding conductor are not actually connected to the dockside system. The Isolation Transformer transfers power from the dockside electrical system to the boat's electrical system by magnetic coupling. This means there is no direct electrical connection between the earth-grounded shore AC power and boat AC power. Isolating the power this way has several benefits which are listed below: 1. Eliminates shock hazards to people swimming around the boat. 2. Prevents reverse polarity due to a miss-wired shore power pedestal providing futher protection to people onboard as well as sensitive AC appliances. 3. Prevents galvanic current corrosion due to the direct connection to AC shore power. REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. B. IsoBoosT TRANSFORMER (OPTIONAL) The IsoBoost Transformer combines a shoreline Isolation Transformer, described above, with a voltage sensing and switching circuit providing the 6.10 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ability to automatically increase the line voltage on your boat, all in a single unit. The isolation transformer completely isolates input power from output power giving you an improved degree of safety and preventing galvanic current corrosion due to the direct connection to AChore power. The IsoBoost increases the boat's voltage when it falls below 204 volts due to low shoreline voltage. The IsoBoost gives you the reliability and assurance that adequate voltage is provided for all the AC equipment on the boat. IsoBoosTt TRANSFORMER FEATURES: 1. The output voltage is boosted (increased) by 15% if the suppied voltage is to low. This low voltage commonly occurs when connecting to marina power sources that are derived from a 208 volt system rather than from a 240 volt system. The IsoBoost Transformer can extend the useful life of many electrical components installed on the boat. 2. Monitors the incoming voltage and alarms to warn you that the shore voltage has dropped to a level outside the boosting range. It will automatically shut down under conditions of extreme low voltage. 3. The remote indicator panel (installed at the main distribution panel in the cabin) allows you to monitor the operating status of your IsoBoost Tranformer without having to go physically to the engine room to look at it. Refer to IsoBoost manual in owner's manual packet for detailed instructions. 4. Boat system protection: if the boat's voltage drops below 192 VAC for more than four seconds, the IsoBoost output is turned off. Power will not be supplied again until shore voltage has increased by at least 20 VAC. If the boat’s voltage exceeds 260 VAC for five seconds, the IsoBoost output is turned off. Refer to IsoBoost manual in the owner’s manual packet for detailed instructions. If the IsoBoost Transformer turns off for a prolonged period of time, turn on the generator to supply AC power. Follow generator operating instructions (See Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page 3.8). C. GLENDINNING CABLEMASTER The 390 MY is equipped with a 50amp240V/60 cycle shore power cord for hookup to dockside power. The cablemaster system provides remote control access to automatically advance/retrieve the power cords (See Section 7 - Accessories and Options) for operation of the cablemaster system. The power cables are accessed from the port side transom of your yacht. 1 CABLEMASTER (Fic. 6.11.1) REMOTE SWITCH D. SHORE POWER BREAKER BOX The 240VAC main shore power breaker box is located on the aft wall of the master stateroom aft hanging closet. The breaker(s) must be ON to operate the shore AC power system. | MAIN SHORE POWER BREAKER (F16.6.11.2) 6 © SHORE MAIN 240VAC 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.11 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM E. SHORE POWER HOOKUP The 240/120 volt main distribution panel distributes the required voltage for all the boat's AC equipment Shore power cord should be secured or routed to avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress and accessories. lt is very important to know and on shore power plug and inlet. understand where the power originates and how the power is distributed to the different voltage equipment and accessories. It is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry To access the shore power cable, become familiar before plugging into the dock power inlet. with the instructions in Section7 - Accessories & Options for “Cablemaster With Remote,” then follow these steps: 3. Check the POWER lights on the main distribution panel. The (FiG. 6.12.3) POWER LIGHT 1. Slide the source fr ) selector overto expose | (116. 6.12.1) POWER lights should | == / \ w= the SHORE POWER GENERATOR SHORE be on. If not have the breaker. Make sure the dockmaster check the dee ЧИ shore power breaker dockside power. e ©, and all branch distribution panel aro | ] 3. Tum the SHORE POWER breaker ON. OFF. 4. Individual breakers and switches can now be energized. TO USE THE GENERATOR: Under no circumstances override the source select system. 1. Start the generator by following the generator start-up procedures in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page 3.8 or in your generator owner's 2. Advance shore power f ) cord to dockside power | ES: 6.12.2) manual. box. Ensure dockside IT TTT 2. Make sure the shore SHORE POWER and all branch breakers on the main distribution panel are OFF. 3. Slide the source (Fic. 6.12.4) selector to expose the breaker is OFF, then plug the shore power cord into the shore power outlet box on the ~ GENERATOR SHORE IL dock and turn dockside GENERATOR breaker circuit breaker ON. ` A and turn the breaker ON. The use of extension shore power cords is not recommended. Excessive power cord extensions can cause a voltage drop and may prevent some F. MAINTENANCE FOR SHORE POWER electronic devices from operating correctly. CABLE SET K SHORE POWER INLETS The metallic parts of your cable set and inlet are made to resist corrosion. In salt water environment, 6.12 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Disconnect the power cable from power source before performing maintenance. life of the product can be increased by periodically wiping the exposed parts with fresh water, drying and spraying with a moisture repellent. A soiled cable can be cleaned with grease-cutting household detergent. A periodic application of vinyl protector will help both ends and cable maintain their original appearance. In case of salt water spray or immersion: Rinse plug end and/or connector end thoroughly in fresh water, shake or blow out excess water and allow to dry. Spray with a moisture repellent before reuse. 15. BATTERY CHARGERS The battery charging units located on the aft component board in the utility room are fully automatic and designed specifically for the marine environment. The high frequency characteristic has allowed these chargers to achieve a huge size and weight reduction over their previously used BATTERY CHARGERS ® (F16. 6.13.1) > (A) MAIN ENGINE BATTERY CHARGER ©) BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER © BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID © BOW THRUSTER FUSE (150 AMPS) f A \. J equipment. Commonly called high frequency or smart chargers, these units bring a new sophistication to the battery charger field. Never block air circulation through the unit. Never NOTICE Leave the converter running at all times to maintain the 12 volt system voltage. A. CHARGING CHARACTERISTICS Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 14.2V to 14.4V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed. e Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level. Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 13.3V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again. B. CHARGING CHARACTERISTICS OF THE BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER. Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 28.5V to 28.8V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed. Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.13 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level. Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 26.5V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again. REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 16. HALOGEN LIGHTING N Your 390 MY uses 12 volt Halogen lights throughoutas the primary lighting system. The system is powered by the 12volt batteries and is activated by the lighting breakers on the DC distribution panel located in the salon. | HALOGEN BULB (F1G. 6.14.1) 09099999 The bulb MUST be protected from contaminates. Use appropriate protection, such as clean cloth gloves, when handling or disposing of all halogen-cycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power OFF when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp to cool before removal. The filament bulbs used in all halogen-cycle lamps generate intense heat. To avoid the possibility of fire, do not use lamp at close range to materials that are combustible or affected by heat or drying. Halogen-cycle bulbs are pressurized and could shatter if scratched or damaged. Glass halogen-cycle bulbs should be protected against contact with liquids when CHANGING A BLOWN BULB: Use appropriate protection, such as a clean cloth or gloves when handling or disposing of all Halogen- cycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power off when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp to cool before removal. Remove grease or fingerprints from new Halogen bulbs with a grease-free solvent before use. Grab light fixture housing and r pull gently from ceiling or wall. (Fra. 6.14.2) Take care when pulling the WH housing as it is spring loaded CAEN in the socket and the clips will snap quickly downward when released from the ceiling or wall. Grab the fixture containing the bulb and twist counter clockwise. Pull the fixture out of the housing and replace the bulb with a bulb of equal wattage. NOTE: The glass face plate in the housing is very fragile. Be careful that it remains in place and does not fall out, as it will break easily. To replace the housing, reverse the previous directions. Grab the clips and hold them upwards until the housing is placed into its operating. receptacle in the wall or ` >. ceiling. Push gently to seat the ) light housing securely. 6.14 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 17. GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE (GFI) Persons with heart problems or other conditions which make them susceptible to electric shock may still be injured by ground faults on circuits protected by the GFl receptacle. No safety devices yet designed will protect against all hazards or carelessly handled or misused electrical equipment or wiring. Ground fault interrupter receptacles are located in the galley inside the upper cabinet, master head lower storage cabinet under the sink, guest head lower starboard cabinet under the sink, and in the cockpit under the wet bar. The GFI receptacles are out of sight and wired in-line with the exposed Vmar receptacles throughout the yacht. This allows your yacht to have an elegant exposed receptacle while still providing protection from shock hazards. Please read and understand the CAUTION block above. The GFI receptacle is designed to protect people from the line-to-ground shock hazards which could occur from defective power tools or appliances operating from this device, or from down-line outlets protected by it. It does not prevent line-to-ground electric shock, but does limit the time of exposure to a period considered safe for normally healthy persons. It does not protect persons against line-to-line or line-to-neutral faults. N GEI OUTLET (FIG. 6.15.1) The GFI receptacle does not protect against short circuits or overloads. This is the function of the circuit breaker. A. INTERNATIONAL RECEPTACLE All readily accessible 220V outlets are protected by a Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) located in an out-of-sight location such as under a cabinet and includes a test switch to verify proper operation. Its function is similar, but not identical to the 120V СА. 'RCCB OUTLET (F16. 6.15.2) Premere Premere соб IAN= 10MA Na A 18. ELECTROLYTIC CORROSION AND ZINC ANODES Electrolysis corrosion of metals on power boats can result in serious deterioration. The boat owner must be aware of the possibilities of galvanic action (the deterioration of metals due to dissimilar characteristics when placed in salt water), and/or electrolysis. It is the owner’s responsibility to check for and replace damaged parts due to galvanic deterioration. Refer to your Sea Ray® dealer to investigate the source of stray corrosive currents. Zinc plates are installed on the transom and trim tabs to protect underwater hardware. Zinc, being much less “noble” than copper based alloys and aluminum used in underwater fittings, will deteriorate first and protect the more noble parts. Zinc anodes generally require replacement about once a year. (In salt water areas, replace every six (6) months). The need to replace anodes more frequently may indicate a stray current problem within the boat or at the slip or mooring. If zinc anodes do not need replacing after one year, they may not be providing proper protection. Loose anodes or low-grade zinc may be the problem. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.15 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Replace Zinc anodes if they are corroded 50% or more. When an AC shore power system is connected to the boat, the underwater metal fittings will, in effect, be connected through the water to grounded metals ashore. The zincs will be consumed at a faster rate unless the marina maintains a protective system to prevent this. In this case, hanging a zinc in the water bonded to the metal outlet box on the dock will reduce zinc loss on the boat. DO NOT connect this zinc to the boat's ground system. lt is extremely important that all electrically operated DC equipment and accessories be wired so that the ground polarity of each device is the same as that of the battery. Sea Ray® boats have a negative ground system, which is the recommended practice throughout the marine industry. All metal items (fuel tanks, underwater gear, etc.) in the boat are connected to the zinc anode by the green bonding wire. Electrolytic corrosion can also be caused by “stray currents” due to a fault in an electrical item, even though correctly grounded. f A ZINC ANODES ON TRANSOM AND TRIM TABS (F16. 6.16.1) (A ZINC ANODE ON TRIM TABS TRIM TABS © ZINC ANODE ©) TRANSOM ZINC ANODE 6.16 Never disconnect the green wire (safety ground) from the engine terminal. N. J á NOTICE | DO NOT PAINT BETWEEN THE ZINC AND THE METAL IT CONTACTS, AND DO NOT PAINT OVER (THE ZINC. и 19. АС & DC ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS & WIRING HARNESSES This owner's manual contains electrical schematics and wiring harness illustrations for your boat (See pages 6.17 thru 6.48). These electrical schematics were generated by electrical CAD designers at the engineering division for technical reference and service technicians. Sea Ray® does not recommend that you attempt to work on the boat's electrical system yourself. Instead we recommend that you take your boat to your authorized Sea Ray” dealer for service. Sea Ray” reserves the right to change or update the electrical system on any model at any time without notice to the consumer and is NOT obligated to make any updates to units built prior to changes. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Y BONDING HARNESS (Fic. 6.17.1) 1 (A) AC PUMP MANIFOLD TO AFT BUSS BAR © STARBOARD ENGINE (© GENERATOR (D TO MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS ® FORWARD BUSS BAR DRAWING NO. 09-205 (1 OF 4) BONDING HARNESS (Fıc. 6.17.2) < © PORT ENGINE ©) TO MAIN DC BUSS (©) TOAFTBUSSBAR DRAWING NO. 09-205 (2 OF 4) 6.17 = & > 1. 2 = LO Y J = © > _ © O > © © o SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BONDING HARNESS (F16. 6.18.1) DRAWING NO. 09-205 (3 OF 4) No (A) MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS WASTE DISCHARGE / 1 BoNDING HARNESS (F16. 6.18.2) DRAWING NO. 09-205 (4 OF 4) (A) STARBOARD RUDDER SUPPORT ZINC PLATE (© PORT RUDDER SUPPORT © PORT BOWRAIL (E) PORT RUDDER ARM (E) PORT RUDDER PACK GLAND @ PORT STRUT (© To RORWARD BUSS (1) STARBOARD STRUT (J) STARBOARD RUDDER PACK GLAND (K) AFTBUSS BAR (© STARBOARD BOW RAILMAST LIGHT J 6.18 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BILGE HARNESS (F16. 6.19.1) (A) MASTER STATEROOM HEAD GF CONTROL STATION © Tv COAX (D) A/C RELAY (E) SALON A/C UNITS SYNCHRONIZER, A/C PUMP, BILGE LIGHT #3, EXTINGUISHER © BILGE LIGHT #4 Bb TRANSOM COMPONENTS MASTER STATEROOM, SALON ENTRY SWITCHES (J) MDP WIRING ® ENGINE HARNESS D PORT FUEL TANK, BLOWER M BILGE PUMPS, SUMP PUMP N GENERATOR © HOLDING TANK, OIL CHANGE PUMP (OPTIONAL) (P) FORWARD EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP (@ MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL DISCHARGE PUMP (OPTIONAL), SYSTEMS MONITOR, MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL TERMINAL STUDS (S) VAC-GEN, BILGE LIGHT #2 (T) STARBOARD FUEL TANK, BLOWER (U) STARBOARD ENGINE HARNESS (V) MASTER STATEROOM HEAD HARNESS CONNECTOR DRAWING NO. 09-801 (1 OF 2) Nu 1 BILGE HARNESS (FIG. 6.19.2) (A) WATER PUMP WATER TANK SENDER (C) AFT PUMP (D MASTER STATEROOM BUNK SWITCHES (B) BILGE HARNESS AFT WIRING (E) AUTO PILOT PUMP DRAWING NO. 09-801 (2 OF 2) \. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.19 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 Na PORT CABIN HARNESS (F16. 6.20.1) ~~ N= NN 7 DRAWING NO. 09-821 (1 OF 2) MASTER STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET LIGHT MASTER STATEROOM CO MONITOR © mor (D FORWARD STATEROOM VENT MOTOR (© FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD GFI FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD HARNESS CONNECTOR @ FORWARD STATEROOM A/C UNIT (© FORWARD STATEROOM CO MONITOR FORWARD STATEROOM SWITCHES / PHONE (J) FORWARD STATEROOM PORT TASK LIGHT (K) FORWARD STATEROOM STARBOARD TASK LIGHT 1 Port CABIN HARNESS (F16. 6.20.2) E DRAWING NO. 09-821 (2 OF 2) N (A) GALLEY HARNESS CONNECTORS BOW THRUSTER CHARGER (OPTIONAL) (© MAIN ENGINE CHARGER WASHER/DRYER (OPTIONAL) RECEPTACLE (E) WATERHEATER (E) MDP 8 MASTER STATEROOM @ FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD VENT MOTOR J 6. 20 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 STARBOARD CABIN HARNESS (Р1с. 6.21.1) Y 7 / Y Г VE 7 ç / / \ | X Y TA (A) CONTROL STATION WIRING SALON TV RECEPTACLE ©) PORT NAV LIGHT (D SPOT LIGHT MODULE (BE) HORN COMPRESSOR (E) FORWARD STATEROOM RECEPTACLE (@ STARBOARD NAV LIGHT ® FORWARD STATEROOM TV RECEPTACLE / COAXIAL CABLE M SALON GFI RECEPTACLE / SALON PHONE OD TV COAXIAL ® CONTROL STATION CONNECTOR DRAWING NO. 09-827 No | ENGINE HARNESS | (F16. 6.21.2) (A) CONTROL STATION CAT DATATERMINALS (OPTIONAL) (© STARBOARD ENGINE © PLUG 51 ® PORT ENGINE ® MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL DRAWING NO. 09-812 \. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.21 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD/SHOWER HARNESS (F16. 6.22.1) (A) LIGHTS PORT CABIN HARNESS CONNECTOR (C) HEAD INDICATOR LIGHTS (О) SWITCH BOX DRAWING NO. 09-824 Na A GALLEY HARNESS (FIG. 6.22.2) (A) GALLEY GFI, 12VAC RECEPTACLE COFFEE MAKER (© GALLEY RECEPTACLE, SWITCHES (D) STOVE RELAY (B) MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE (©) REFRIGERATOR @ REFRIGERATOR RECEPTACLE (B) PORT CABIN HARNESS (P47, P48) OL? (J) FORWARD SALON SWITCHES (K) GALLEY VENT BLOWER DRAWING NO. 09-830 \. J 6.22 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MASTER STATEROOM HEAD HARNESS (F16. 6.23.1) \ \ / O | \_ SN a Na > y DRAWING NO. 09-834 — 7 —— 7 V (A) SHOWER LIGHT TO MASTER STATEROOM TV RECEPTACLE © TO CABIN STEREO © HEAD HARNESS TO BILGE HARNESS CONNECTOR © GFI RECEPTACLE (E) VANITY SWITCHES © HEAD SWITCHES, INDICATOR PANEL (H) BUNK RECEPTACLE (D TO MASTER STATEROOM VOLUME CONTROL (J) HEAD LIGHT ® VANITY LIGHTS | DECK HARNESS (FIG. 6.23.2) DRAWING NO. 09-842 ® DECK INVERTED FOR CLARITY (A) WIPER SOLENOID, COCKPIT LIGHTS STARBOARD WIPER (© STARBOARD SALON SPEAKER (D) SALON LIGHTS (BE) CENTER SALON LIGHTS (©) WINDSHIELD VENT (CG) PORT SALON SPEAKER (В) PORT WIPER (D SALON ENTRY SWITCH (J) CABIN STEREO (K) CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL (© CONTROL STATION NEGATIVE BUSS, TS-6, HORN RELAY 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.23 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 Na CONTROL STATION HARNESS (FIG. 6.24.1) (A) @ © (A) AUTO PILOT E (B) VHF 7 € (О CONNECTORS F95, F96, F110 3 h ri 04 (D) CONNECTOR M98 TO DASH — Va | (E) CHART PLOTTER/ SEA RAY NAVIGATOR € FU | й = (OPTIONAL) POWER ly € LA (E) RADAR Y < É>— \ (O) SMART CRAFT J-BOX (F111) AR V A — / (© SYSTEM MONITOR (D) TRI-DATA (J) EXTINQUISHER MODULE ® TRIM TABS (D ELECTRONICS FUSE BOX (M) CONNECTOR M69 TO SWITCH PANEL CONNECTOR F98 TO HELM COMPONENT BOARD ©) CONNECTORS F70, F72 (P) CONNECTOR M97 TO SWITCH PANEL DRAWING NO. 09-848 1 WINDLASS HARNESS (FIG. 6.24.2) (A) TO CONTROL SOLENOID AND CONTROL STATION BATTERY CABLES TO WINDLASS AND MAIN NEGATIVE BUSS © WINDLASS DECK INVERTED FOR CLARITY (D SPOTLIGHT MODULE ® WINDLASS CONTROL SOLENOID ® FOOT SWITCHES DRAWING NO. 09-853 J 6.24 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HARDTOP HARNESS (FIG. 6.25.1) (A) LIGHT #4 LIGHT #6 (© PORT AFT COCKPIT LIGHT (D) PORT ENTRY LIGHT SWITCH (E) PORT FORWARD SPEAKER (E) LIGHT 45 © LIGHT #4 (E) MAST LIGHT (D LIGHT #3 (J) STARBOARD FORWARD SPEAKER (K) STARBOARD ENTRY LIGHT SWITCH (© STARBOARD AFT COCKPIT LIGHT M LIGHT #2 (N) STERN ENTRY LIGHT SWITCH ©) STARBOARD AFT SPEAKER (® STERN LIGHT @ TV ANTENNA COAX (В STEREO ANTENNA COAX (© PORT AFT SPEAKER DRAWING NO. 09-839 (1 OF 2) Na A f \ HARDTOP HARNESS (FIG. 6.25.2) (A) STARBOARD AFT COCKPIT LIGHT CONNECTORS M73, F73 © THRU HARDTOP (D PORT AFT COCKPIT LIGHT (BE) CONNECTORS M103, F103 (E) CONTROL STATION CONNECTIONS DRAWING NO. 09-839 (2 OF2) N J 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.25 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM This Page Left Intentionaly Blank 6.26 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DC WIRING SCHEMATIC (Fra. 6.27.1) Drawing No. 09-601 (1 Of 5 - Ww al 14 LT BLU 14 TAN 14 GRY 14 VIO VOLTS E WATER TEMPERATURE RI 14 YEL/RED 14 BLK OL PRESSURE ONO WN TACHOMETER Ww o 14 LT BLUY 14 TANT 14 GRY - SYNCHRONIZER 14 VIO + REFERENCE 09-612 14 YEL/RED y 14 BLK 1 NANNY] + о чо АК TACHOMETER F 30 OIL PRESSURE M 30 IREF DWG 09-604 FOR INTERFACE TO OPTIONAL ENGINE HARNESSES! 8 313-12 BRN/RED 7 314-12 BRN 1 318-12 BRN/RED + 319-12 BRN y 1 WATER TEMPERATURE Z 4 NAN] = EXTINGUISHER INDICATOR LIGHT VOLTS o ~ INSTRUMENT PANEL 14 RED/VIO - REF DWG 09-900 14 BLK + 14 RED/VIO - 14 BLK + FUEL 4 NN] [Ер-— 16 BLK COMPASS LIGHT 16 о 9 А Вс CH 14 RED/VIO - 14 RED/VIO 7 10 RED/VIO - 14 BLK 1 14 BLK 1 10 RED/VIO - SYSTEMS MONITOR me BACK LIGHTING 16 D E EG NY] AUTOPILOT CONTROL STATION AFT BILGE PUMP TERMINAL STUDS - 17 WHT/BLU Y WHT/RED + RED 5065-16 RED/VIO 5066-16 ВСК + AFT PUMP 103-8 BLACK TO ELECTRONICS FUSEBLOCK 101-8 RED/VIO TO ELECTRONICS FUSEBLOCK 102-8 BLK TO CONTROL STATION GROUND BUS 100-8 RED/VIO 103-2 BLK FROM BILGE HARNESS REF SH 3 101-2 RED/VIO FROM BILGE HARNESS REF SH 3 2 NANA 24V BOW THRUSTER 5 102-2 BLK FROM EILGE HARNESS 5 REF SH 3 100-2 RED/VIO FROM BILGE HARNESS REF SH 3 - 5 WINDLASS MAIN WHT/BLU WHT/RED RED - RED/VIO - = o YVAN AAA RED/VIO - 206A-16 GRN/WHT - В R 400U-16 WHT + ORN + RED/VIO - PNK 202-16 PNK/BLK 4 VIO + VIO + RUNNING LIGHTS LIGHTS OUOZEMT ACIOTMUOU”> DIMMER LIGHTING LS 20 NAV LIGHTS Ls SPOTLIGHT PLUG 67 CAP 67 12 RED/VIO +>[1 TRIM TABS 14 RED/VIO PORT WIPER x PORT WIPER 6050-14 BLU GRY/WHT 225-14 GRY STBD WIPER SUNT ) 7 NY 4 WINDSHIELD VENT N Q F 150 1 2 3 4 ) 215-12 RED/VIO y 218-12 RED/VIO 1 512-12 RED/VIO 1 1 o a m oO > < o STBD WIPER BILGE BLOWERS 14 RED/VIO YJ) 2 o DY YY] | || WINDSHIELD VENT? DG HORN - © CAP 68 PLUG 1 12V RECPT 577-14 GRN Y 578-14 BLU Y 235-12 GRY j 575-14 RED/VIO 7 F 250-16 ORN 25116 ORN/RED RED/VIO 254-16 ORN 255-16 ORN/GRN 256-16 RED/VIO 260-14 BLU 261-14 GRN ! 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO YT ENGINE SYNC DY] SUNT ACCESSORY — 5 ) =) 7 ACCESSORY [£ 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO x ) 1 ОНИ ACCESSORY Hyp —— 66 CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL REF DWG 09-908 CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL REF DNG 09-902 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 RED 6088-16 WHT 6086-14 BLU 6084-14 BLU 10 Il 12 NOTES: 1) INDICATOR LIGHTS NOT SHOWN. 2) ALL PANEL GROUNDS CONNECT TO WIRE 4 138. 12 VDC RECEPTACLE F SI oT 580-14 138-14 BLK SS] | Lg 58-4 BLK 58-14 BLK +> 2 ORN/BLK >| 3 RED/VIO >| 4 TRIM TAB SWITCH PANEL REF DWG 09-910 - N(X<CHOD y - ~ N TO EXTINGUISHER oe We DISPLAY /OVERRIDE — 210-18 BLK TO SYSTEMS — 331-16 RED/VIO MONITOR DISPLAY|— 332-16 BLK a5 8 | — 10 RED/VIO 7 12 YEL T y le — A a 12 GRN REF SH 4 QU AUNT REF SH 4 NGINE HARNESS EF DWG 09-604 ENGINE HARNESS REF DWG 09-604 BILGE HARNESS REF SH 4 2 CONTROL STATION 3 HARNESS REF SH 2 ONTROL STATION ARNESS REF SH 2 -S UNUSED 3 BOW THRUSTER HARNESS 4 REF DWG 09-616 ILGE HARNESS EF SH 4 R-X UNUSED HARDTOP HARNESS REF SH 2 BILGE HARNESS REF SH 4 STBD CABIN HARNESS REF SH 2 DECK HARNESS REF SH 2 DECK HARNESS REF SH 2 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.27 8C 9 (SG 10 Z) LO9-60 ‘ON Buime1q PART OF STBD CABIN HARNESS MI9 ES 1 577-14 GRN | WINDLASS REF DWG 09-610 CONTROL STATION 2|>- 578-14 BLU SOLENOID | FOR WIRING SCH. SWITCH PANEL 3|>+ 235-12 GRY REF SH | 4|> 575-10 RED/VIO = = -- YY ---- YY ен тент 1 CONTROL STATION 2 SWITCH PANEL 3 REF SH | M72 STEREO HARNESS | REF DWG OS-61 I I г — — о — о —!о— о — — т DNOUSWUN = ©) © AY Y YY YY YY YYYYb>r CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL REF SH | SONU wn N= 1 CONTROL STATION 2 SWITCH PANEL 3 REF SH | 4 = = — 10 581-2 RED FROM C.S. BREAKER PNL HORN I I I I I ¡5023-2 BLK FROM PORT CABIN HARNESS | | I TERMINAL STUD —6051-14 BLK 6050-14 BLU WINDLASS MOTOR NEGATIVE TERMINAL HORN COMPRESSOR me) 593-10 BLK 5095-COAX TO CONTROL STATION CONNECTIONS SPOTLIGHT С PN HO re ——— 576-10 BLK CONTROL STATION NEGATIVE BUS HARDTOP LIGHTS #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 6048-14 но вен BLU 6054-14 BLU 6056-16 BLU 6058-16 BLU 6049-14 BLK 6053-14 BLK 6055-14 BLK 6057-16 BLK 6059-16 BLK ALL ROUND HT LIG STERN LIGHT 226-14 GRY/WHT 225-14 GRY FWD MAST | LIGHT 5001-16 GRN + 5001-16 GRN - I 227-14 GRY 228-14 BLK 229-14 BLK 17 |STBD FWD SPEAKER 5003-16 RED + 5003-16 RED 573-14 RED 574-14 BLK ANTENNA 5000-16 GRN (+) STRD AFT 5000-16 GRN (+) SPEAKER 5002-16 RED (+1 PORT AFT 5002-16 RED (-) SPEAKER PORT FWD SPEAKER | | | | | | | SPOTLIGHT | | | | CABLE | | | STBD ENTRANCE LIGHT STBD LIGHT ENTRANCE SWITCH 70 6064-16 BLU 6070-16 WHT — 6071-16 BLK — HARDTOP HARNESS STERN ENTRANCE STERN ENTRANCE SWI TCH PORT ENTRANCE LIGHT PORT ENTRANCE SWITCH | 6065-16 BLK |] | | 6066-16 BLU 6067-16 BLK SPLICE POINT A SPLICE POINT B M 105 6077-14 BLK - 6051-14 BLK r 228-14 BLK =1272T22?74M - - 1Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y + - IDADAJDa 0056060666 IIDIDO TORR SEEDORE Poog=ow EEECÍCEC =CxIxC _ | CONTROL STATION = = NEGATIVE BUS 250-16 ORN 251-16 ORN/RED 252-16 RED/VIO Po PORT WIPER 254-16 ORN 253-14 BLK M 103 ! 255-16 ORN/GRN 256-16 RED/VIO 260-14 BLU 261-14 GRN 265-16 RED WINDSHIELD VENT | | Do STBD WIPER GR 257-14BLk 6088-16 WHT 6086-14 BLU 6084-14 BLU SHER WINDSHIELD WA “ SOLENOID 262-16 BLK 138-14 BLK 581-14 BLK 590-14 ORN/BLK 591-14 RED/VIO COCKPIT LIGHTS ENTRANCE LIGHTS 16 BRN —UNUSED MULTI - DROP CONTROLLER MULTI - DROP CONTROLLER 16 BRN UNUSED a — 16 RED — 16 BLU — 16 WHT 16 BLK —40—— 6085-14 BLK— ml CONTROL. STATION NEGATIVE BUS — 609316 WT— 6094-16 BLK—— STBD FWD COCKPIT LIGHT 6089-14 BLU PORT FWD COCKPIT LIGHT 6091-14 BLU HORN RELAY 6087-14 BK—-_—+— 6090-14 BLK 6092-14 BLK &— ДО 591-2 RED/VIO FROM STBD CABIN HARNESS > REF SH2 —6072-16 WHT F 105 x 6078-14 BLU 1 6079-14 BLK 2 F 103 — 6082-14 BLU 1 6083-14 BLK 2 SALON ENTRANCE SWITCH —6073-16 BLK STBD AFT COCKPIT LIGHT PORT AFT COCKPIT LIGHT DECK HARNESS (187991) IIVNAHOS DNIYIM OC WALSAS TVORLLOATH + 9 NOLLDAS : PLANT TO PROVIDE 592-14 an o oO © < O — O > о O => — ~~ A — O1 < O — O > DS O => = = © N CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL REF SH | = SWNT оО > с CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL REF SH | G-S UNUSE F BILGE HARNESS REF SH 5 BILGE HARNESS F 95 REF SHEET 5 1 BILGE HARNESS F g REF SHEET 5 1 © Ком. 5 RED/VIO DEPTH/SPEED DEPT SPEED H/ RED/VIO GPS 14 14 BLK DEPTH/SPEED 14 14 BLK GPS GPS 4 RED/VIO GPS F 98 M 98 O RED/VIO AUTO PILOT 4 RED/VIO DEPTH/SPEED O RED/VIO AUTO PILOT LINE | AUTO PILOT 0 BLK AUTO PILOT 4 BLK DEPTH/SPEED 2 RED/VIO RADAR 2 BLK RADAR | COURSE COMPUTER | | RADAR | 1 1 14 BLK GPS | | O RED/VIO AUTO PILOT LOAD ONNYNNE = ВК 0 Di | | 920-16 RED/VIO 922-16 BLK 921-16 RED/VIO ВЕ AAAAANAAAAA AUTO PILOT COURSE COMPUTER ELECTRONICS FUSE BLOCK = ea © a 0 ujc—— SMARTCRAFT J-BOX REF DWG 09-701, 09-702 “e i © il ACIONMOOU> © © то ОО > J-S UNUSED 1 1 1 1 14 RED/VIO CHARTPLOTTER 14 BLK CHARTPLOTTER PLOTTER 14 RED/VIO VHF A оо | 14 BLK VHF RADIO RADIO SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM f NN DC WIRING SCHEMATIC ei NOTE BELOY FIG 6 29 1 4 RED SURFACE MOUNT BREAKER tT ° NOTE: WITH LABEL GENERATOR 4 RED I) WIRES SHALL NOT EXCEED 40" IN LENGTH. MAIN WINDLASS 2) VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL. SOLENOID oN 3) LABEL AS INDICATED. BUS BAR— Г 2 RED +— AN 2 RED TO WINDLASS CONTROL SOLENOID REF DWG 09-610 FB 4 RED ||] 555-16 WHT/BLU >] A 6 RED A 556-16 WHT/RED 12 B Bj GE HARNESS 557-16 ВЕР {>| С 558-16 RED/VIO | 5. REF SH 4 VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, E LABEL AS INDICATED. CABIN MAIN TERMINAL STUD PORT TO BILGE ne 104 8 RED/VIO 104 2 RED/VIO — HARNESS STBD ENGINE REF 09-602 BATTERY 5” IGNITION SOLENOID F1 PORTES AD 5 CABLEMASTER BATTERY 54 WES > ELECTRONIC = SOLENOID 45-16 RED >| 3 ” CONTROL + 100 8 RED/VIO 546-16 RED/VIO +>| 4 547-1 WHT/BLU 5 BILGE HARNESS BUS BAR ACCESSORY OD M N 548-16 WHT/RED 6 REF SH 4 A VENDOR TO SUPPLY CONTROL STATION | | | EMERGENCY 49-16 RED >| 7 > ACCESSORY START 550-168 RED/VIO >| 8 WITH PANEL,LABEL TERMINAL STUD AS INDICATED. | SOLENOID 401-168 вск >| 9 Em — WH > END EVERGENEY TO BILGE HARNESS 561-16 WHT/BLU >| 12 | REF SH | 552-16 WHT/RED | 13 <> FWD BILGE PUMP Dx 554 © PED/VIO E S+ 100 2 RED/VIO- | - >. AFI EMERGENCY \ © —(^) 400016 HET 8 LABEL u ELECTRONICS OZU-16 RED PORT LINE > AFT PUMP \ TERMINAL STUD 40-16 BLK в CABIN STEREO \ UNUSED 9 15° MEMORY \ A UNUSED 20 DA BLOWER #1 OT 1012 RED/VIO — SE Ge # 920- oo * POSITIVE REF SH | SMARTCRAFT lo! 8 о ” UNSWITCHED RED/VIO 404-14 YEL >] A 53 BATTERY CHARGE 406-14 YEL 1>| B 500-14 YEL С _ BILGE HARNESS | | 300-14 BRN/YEL E E 6 CONTROL 308-14 BRN/YEL >| H STATION 31-14 BRN/RED >| J NONE 33-14 BRN/RED +5| K 5 IGNITION 316-14 BRN/RED >| L LABEL 318-14 BRN/RED >| M STBD LOAD => ELECTRONICS 322-14 BRN/ORN ->| N OIL CHANGE 326-14 RED/VIO 42 | P 20° PUMP 538-14 ORN R A ELECTRONIC 5 BUS BAR ® CONTROL + 2 ACCESSORY F4 N R 2I5LN-I0 RED/VIO >| 5 5 EMERGENCY BILGE 204-14 RED/VIO >| T 218LN-10 RED/VIO >| U = SUMP PUMP Y BILGE HARNESS LABEL AFT BILGE y REF SH 4 STBD LINE 5 PUMP X “E-SYSTEMS MONITOR z | ~__ BRIDGE STEREO BUS BAR— | [XX MEMORY AO fe BLOWER #2 401-16 ak ; A [> 16 BLK > ENGINE UNSWITCHED AUS BLA DT SEK PLANT TO POSITIVE 14 BLK С 14 BLK TERMINATE TO | SMARTCRAFT 7 , 14 BLK Blo IL 14 Bk MAIN DC UNSWITCHED 2045 JEL 14 BLK ©] E [>t 14 BLK NEGATIVE BUS Lay BATTERY CHARGER —| 402U-16 RED 00 D Ef 40:16 RED+— PORT MAIN E 400-16 WHT + BATTERY SOLENOID 400U-16 WHT TL 16 WHT/BLU BLOWER 16 WHT/RED CONTROLLER 8 2 16 RED 16 RED/VIO E) STBD MAIN H | 5 y BATTERY SOLENOID FLY 14 YEE EY 16 WHT/BLU (OUI VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, 16 WHT/RED LABEL PORT MAIN BATTERY 8 es 18 RED SOLENOID. 16 RED/VIO GENERATOR MAIN SOLENOID | 7 4548 16 WHT/BLU | VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, 16 WHT/RED LABEL STBD MAIN BATTERY al 23 16 RED J SOLENQID. 16 RED/VIO < 14 BL «< 8 GRN PANEL GROUND STUD 0 MAIN DC ENCLOSURE VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, BREAKER PANEL GROUND 2/0 LABEL GENERATOR MAIN SOLENOID. REF DWG 09-950 STUD BLK MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS 107 6 RED- 108 6 RED 2 RED 4/0 RED 4/0 RED 109-8 BLK E) | 4/0 RD 4/0 RED MAIN DC = 1 | NEGATIVE BUS PORT STBD 123 ENGINE ENGINE CONVERTER 2 BLA TO MDP STBD 2 GRN BATTERIES GENERATOR STARTER 4/0 BLK MAIN DC NOTE: NEGATIVE BUS NOTE: REFERENCE ENGINE OWNER'S MANUALS 5960085 Y 1 WIRE SHALL NOT EXCEED 40" IN LENGTH AND MUST BE ALL BATTERY JUMPERS ARE 4/0 CABLE — | 0000 oe Ÿ | FOR COMPLETE ENGINE WIRING DETAIL. CONTAINED IN A SHEATH FOR IT'S ENTIRE LENGTH. 4/0 BLK 2) PLANT TO SUPPLY WIRE AND BREAKER. 3) BREAKER TO BE LABELED WINDLASS. 4/0 BLK 4/0 BLK 700-8 GRN TO AC MDP 705-4 GRN TO FWD BONDING BUS Na J 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.29 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 N NOTE: SEE NOTE BELOW DC W IRING SCHEMATIC I) WIRES SHALL NOT EXCEED 40" IN LENGTH. 4 RED ибо | SURFACE MOUNT BREAKER 2) VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL. я WITH LABEL 3) LABEL AS INDICATED. 4 RED (FIG. 6. 3 0 . 1 ) 2 RED A PLANT TO INSTALL 4 RED LA WINDLASS ó ED SOLENOID 2 RED TO WINDLASS CONTROL SOLENOID REF DWG 09-610 F8 VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, ий 555-16 WHT/BLU E] A LABEL AS INDICATED. CABIN MAIN AE 556-16 WHT/RED 1>|B Bj GE HARNESS TERMINAL STUD PORT BATTERY // Y 557-16 RED >| C mer on 5 SOLENOID ] 558-16 RED/VIO D ES 70 BLGE 5 VAN 104 8 RED/VIO 104 2 RED/VIO — HARNESS SS > ENGINE REF 09-602 © IBNITION | 543-16 WHT/BLU 5] 1 LABEL 52-CABLEMASTER BATTERY SOLENOIDS 544-16 WHT/RED {>| 2 PORT LOAD ELECTRONIC FUSE HOLDER 545-16 RED 1>| 3 oo EAR-18 o A 4 100 8 RED/VIO SIE MEL 2] 2 BILGE HARNESS yd <> ACCESSORY 548-16 WHT/RED >| 6 REF SH 5 BUS BAR VENDOR TO SUPPLY CONTROL STATION DE 399.16 RED 217 %¢ ACCESSORY WITH PANEL, ABEL TERMINAL STUD 55016 RED/VIO 21 8 AS INDICATED. MANDC = 402-16 RED 12 10 ET FI 4 -1R FWD EMERGENCY TO BILGE HARNESS SPARE [0] 759 NEGATIVE BUS НЕ oo > Wel L = PUMP \ ВЕР SH 1 552-16 WHT/RED +>| 13 <> FWD BILGE PUMP \ |] || 75 53-16 RED и ~ AFT EMERGENCY > ©+ 100 2 RED/VIO- 55 or Sn 2 PUMP \ MN = 4020-16 RED 1>| 17 LABEL ; ELECTRONICS £N - PORT LINE > AT PUMP \ TERMINAL STUD (5 —_— “0 BLK В CABIN STEREO \ N SPD BATTERY 206-18 WHT 12| 20 A 5 MEMORY | \ S+ 101 2 RED/VIO — 1 (©); 02054 DA io = BUS BAR ASAE UNSMNTCHED |] ro see ress 7 MAIN DC“ ' 23-3] UNUSED © РОТЕ REF SH I = NEGATIVE BUS SMARTCRAFT 101 8 RED/VIO F2 5 UNSWITCHED 404-14 YEL +>| A 60 BATTERY CHARGER ee УЕ 2 506-10 YEL 1>| D 300-14 BRN/YEL >| E BILGE HARNESS 303-14 BRN/RED | F REF SH 5 ство 305-14 BRN/RED >| 6 308-14 BRN/YEL >| H ео CONTROL 31-14 BRN/RED >| J STATION 313-14 BRN/RED >| K > ENGINE 316-14 BRN/RED +>| L LABEL IGNITION 3615 BAN/RED M STBD LOAD => ELECTRONICS 322-14 BRN/OR aL ae 3286-16 RED/VIO 1>| P En 538-14 ORN +>| R E E Ron 559-14 RED/VIO B| S BUS BAR % CONTROL + 4/0RD-—A4 GENERATOR %> ACCESSORY SOLENOID Lo EMERGENCY START |2 РЕБ F4 SOLENOID 5 R EMERGENCY BILGE — 2ISLN-10 RED, 5 PUMP 2I8LN-10 RED/VIO >| U l= SUMP PUMP V BILGE HARNESS LABEL AFT BILGE 22414 RED/VIO 121 Y TET SHS STBD LINE 5 PUWP NEGATIVE 222-14 RED/VIO +>| Y “> SYSTEMS MONITOR (4) BUS z L- BRIDGE STEREO BUS BAR—| |X MEMORY 5> BLOWER #2 "6 = ENGINE, UNSHITCHED 206-16 GRN/WHT E] A a SMART CRAFT | ole vo В BILGE HARNESS UNSWITCHED Joa EL 950-16 RED/WHT 1$|D REF SH 5 La BATTERY CHARGER MAIN DC | 959-16 BLK/GRY 4>| E = NEGATIVE BUS | 4020-16 RED E RYO 7 PORT MAIN 0 D © 407-16 EDI ( о (® mmcnez cn. cs о” | à / | |} 400-16 WT + TST mesare oyes 10 RED/VIO +>| S BATTERY SOLENOID S 40000 MT] Te | seo E | | 14 VIO >| T | 7 4 ит 16 WHT/BLU BLOWER | TS EL | | 10 RED/VIO U ENGINE HARNESS | 16 WHT/RED CONTROLLER MANDC = LU В | 14 VIO у REF DWG 09-604 | 1! e 16 RED NEGATIVE BUS A TEN sae 8 a 14 RED/VIO 12 | Y 16 RED/VIO | DO fs | BB и RED/VIO 2 X | STBD MAIN ||| Lig YE —— 102 | 14 Vio >| Z BATTERY SOLENOID AL || ЕЕ S| vo ERE | 17 ! | | 7 4 418 16 WHT/BLU | | VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, ets [o al ] ! 16 WHT/RED LABEL PORT MAIN BATTERY ©] | | Pese x | | ges 16 RED SOLENOID. о | Toe] mma MES o | | 16 RED/VIO \ \Ф = 14 VIO 8) J | GENERATOR JUMPERS | WIRING FOR CUMMINS 480C-E | MAIN SOLENOID 16 WHT/BLU | PIGTAIL INCLUDED WITH ENGINE HARNESS PLANT TO INSTALL | 7 4 Ms 9-604 FOR ENGINE HARNESS 3 16 WHT/RED | \ AH do REF 09-604 FOR E NENE HARNESS 00 ! в т 2 3 16 RED \ 7 16 RED/VIO 14 BLK VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, (A ОО ОООО ОАО ОО E . LABEL STBD MAIN BATTERY | a GRN SOLENOID. | RUN TO EXTINGUISHER MODULE POSITION IO ———————————— l4 vio >| A | PANEL GROUND STUD GRN = = | RUN TO EXTINGUISHER MODULE POSITION 18 —— —— — ——— 14 VIO >| B | MA “MAIN DC VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, | RUN TO EXTINGUISHER MODULE POSITION 13 — —m— — — 14 VID C | IN DC LABEL GENERATOR MAIN SOLENOID. | RUN TO EXTINGUISHER MODULE POSITION 17 —————————————— 14 VIO |D ENGINE HARNESS 1 BREAKER PANEL NEGATIVE BUS | E REF DWG 09-604 | REF DWG 09-950 | F | | | | | WIRING FOR CAT 3126TA | | PIGTAIL INCLUDED WITH ENGINE HARNESS PLANT TO INSTALL | | REF 09-604 FOR ENGINE HARNESS | | | 107 6 RED- ETS + ED 109-8 BLK MAIN DC = NEGATIVE BUS TTT TTT TTT TTT TT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TooToo 7 | CUMMINS 480C-E (OPT) | To 4/0 RED 4/0 RED 4/0 RED ! 4/0 RED 4/0 RED 4/0 RED | NOTE: | ® ® | ® I) WIRE SHALL NOT EXCEED 40" IN LENGTH AND MUST BE 4/0 RED 4/0 RED 4/0 RED 4/0 RED CONTAINED IN A SHEATH FOR IT'S ENTIRE LENGTH, I 2) PLANT TO SUPPLY WIRE AND BREAKER. PORT STBD PORT | 3) BREAKER TO BE LABELED WINDLASS. ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE 4/0 BL | 4/0 BL | | | 2/0 GIN— ALTERNATOR | PORT 2/0 GRN—— | GENERATOR BATTERIES GENERATOR | | TL | | = STARTER | | 4/0 BLK 4/0 BLK 4/0 BLK— | | NOTE: | oo Y |] MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS | NOTE: | oo $] MAN DE NEGATIVE BUSS ALL BATTERY JUMPERS ALL BATTERY JUMPERS | ARE 4/0 CABLE — 4/0 BLK | ARE 4/0 CABLE 4/0 BLK 4/0 GAN 4/0 BLK | | ! = 4/0 BLK 4/0 EL ! 4/0 BLK ! 700-8 GRN TO AC MDP | 700-8 GRN TO AC MDP | 705-4 GRN TO FWD BONDING BUS | 705-4 GRN TO FWD BONDING BUS | «a J 6.30 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM r REF SH 2 DC W IRING SCHEMATIC 41 R-X UNUSED REF SH | REF SH | REF SH | REF SH | REF SH 2 Мес ABCDEFGHJKLMNOPO y ABCDE y72RSTUVWXYZ y 1234M50 ¡234 MB Milo 1234 Mes, (FIG 0.31 1) YY YY YY YY YY МУуУУУ NN Y my YY м M Te. ° ° ° gama NNSSSJYUNNNN NNN GW U]UIUIUIUI мм W WWW OD OD = = dos TECNONSANIO BLK NOD EY TEN ФЕВ NT à > 25LN-10 RED/VIO JA 550 E5 ET 0090 0609 0) ONONN coo ONON 559 = = 215-10 RED/VIOK|B Iza 220229335 AEPD ARPA RAR 3555 ADA 5 > 218LN-10 RED/VIO +<|C Si00 OSEMÍZO<< 0 AOL ONEZ0 966 2222 RO 218-10 RED/VIO 1<|D ба |2 25177122 = = === PA IE 531-10 BRN/WHT 1<|E DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL M8 cB 6 çé © |5 o 000 © | © 5 | © 532-10 BLK {<|F REF DG 09-602 A >} sss WHT/BLU—— —— T AUTO BOT G MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL В 3] 25618 HHT /RED H REF SH 3 & 4 | 557- D |>; 558-16 RED/VIO SPLICE POINT A 646 © BLU ER E > 517-10 BLKk— LAN De 6 647712 BLK RIP rs UNUSED vi TR TAB NEGATIVE BUS 1 [>] 543-16 WHT/BLU © 2 |>+ 544-I6 WHT/RED 3 |> 545-186 RED | WATER PUMP _M 20 4 [>t 546-16 RED/VIO 543-16 WHT/BLU |! 5 [>t 547-16 WHT/BLU | 544-16 WHT/RED 1<|2 6 [> 5468-16 WHT/RED 545-16 RED 1<| 3 MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL 51 549-16 RED | 546-16 RED/VIO 1<|4 в [>f 550-16 RED/VIO | 547-16 WHT/BLU K|5 9 |> 401-16 BLK 548-16 WHT/RED 1<|6 10 |> 402-16 RED 549-16 RED 4<|7 [I [> 400-16 WHT {<|8 DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 12 [> 551-16 WHT/BLU 550-16 RED/VIO +<|9 REF DWG 09-602 13 [> 552-16 WHT/RED +<|10 14 [> 553-16 RED 551-16 WHT/BLU +<)1I 15 [>t 554-16 RED/VIO +<|12 18 [> 400U-16 WHT 552-16 WHT/RED {<|13 17 [> 402U-16 RED +<|14 18 [>t 401-16 BLK 553-16 RED 1<|15 19 [> 210-18 BLK | 16 20 [> 209-18 WHT 554-16 RED/VIO 4<| 17 21 [>t 208-18 RED [18 2331 UNUSED 22 [>} 920-16 RED/VIO +<l 19 M4 R > С 42 5 [>t 215LN-10 RED/VIO 846-12 BLU I<] 1 MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL 1 [27 204-14 RED/VIO 647-12 BLK 1<| 2 REF SH 38 4 Y 3] ZIBLN-10 RED/VIO 420-14 YEL +<| 3 WS 421-14 BLK | 4 MASTER HEAD HARNESS x > 5275-16 GRN 1<| 5 REF DWG 09-602 5285-18 WHT 1<| 6 Y 7 5205-16 RED 1<| 7 Z 7 5305-16 BLK {<| 8 |e Me _ NGIN 54-14 BLK — DISCHARGE PUMP FB MB A [>t 206-16 GRN/WHT 207-16 BLK—_ SYNCHRONIZER = EL ||| ® 14 BRN BA MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL B > EXTINGUISHER 7 ‚ © | 14 BLK/YEL 1518 M 21 UNUSED FOR GAS ENGINES © 7 BOTTLE SECIN coc N oN 14 BLK SIC > 525-14 BLK 400-16 WHT K< 1 REF SH 4 D [> 950-16 RED/WHT IN CLOSED POSITION BLK 2 AN й E [> 959-16 BLK/GRY [1 - 40116 BLACK 7<! 2 и Г [<q 402-16 RED 1<| 3 > - ] CABIN STEREO J 526 EN I$ 2 M2 REF DWG 08602 5205-16 RED 1<| 6 A 5 404-10 VEL STED LONE PORT BLONER ES — 405-10 BL. MASTER HEAD | 5305-16 BLK 1<| 7 B [> 406-10 YEL 49 407-10 BLK — = VACUUM y | 520-14 RED/VIO K<| 8 C [> 500-10 YEL = GENERATOR | VACUM 1 F1I4 ММ 587-16 BLK/YEL +<| 9 D > В „енто, SYSTEM RELAY | 5285-16 WHT 1<| 10 DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL E [> 300-10 BRN/YEL ro ro NO RE] [e RED 2 5275-16 GRN +<| 11 REF DWG 09-602 F > ! Gs LIST LO 2 RN 1212127 420-14 YEL +<| 12 MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL Gc I~ FWD EMERGENCY Ma 21 О = BRN 3 522-14 RED/VIO | 13 REF SH 38 4 HS! 2308-10 BRN/YEL PUME 16 BAN BLK/YEL +>(4 582-16 BLK/YEL 1<| 4 J > 31-10 BRN/RED ® MAT a 52-14 ALK че В К [< 5 K |>} 313-10 BRN/RED 30110 BLK—, femme EII ======= > Ll 527-18 GRN 1< L [> 316-10 BRN/RED = т 528-16 WHT 1<|17 М [>] 318-0 BRN/RED 52016 YEL de В № [>t 322-10 BRN/ORN GUEST HEAD" ------ 7-7" 7 y `| Р > 32814 REDON — RME UE VACUN | | 24-16 GEN Le 2 R [> 538-12 ORN GENERATOR | VACUM | Б М5 534-16 GRN 1< | ®— 539-12 BLK—_ VACUUM РБ FF 5356-16 vEL +<| 22 5 > SM = | PUMP (WITCH, SYSTEM RELAY ! RED { > 536-16 BLU < 23 EMERGENCY BILGE @— 324-16 BRN— | Om {I< BER AE 3 GRN 1>|2|>+ 53716 BLK{<|24 25-31 UNUSED Vs AT Е PUMP 2106 BRN——— 323-10 в | VOTO KI © = r/o J 5 ® 1 > 900-16 GNÑi — — — — — — PUMP 315-16 BRN $ 309-10 BLK = | ! MT 5 ST 523-14 BLK 2 [>1 90316 WHT/BRN ——— AFT Te E Besseres - + 3 > 904-166 WHT/BLU ——— PUMP 20-10 FRR 20 BLK = 4 |I> 905-16 САМ ——— 5 9 al ENGINE HARNESS 5 |>+ 908-168 WHT/BRN 317-10 BLK —_ = REF DWG 09-604 6 |>} 909-16 WHT/BLU = FRESH 7 [>t 910-16 WHT WATER 8 [> 9ll-16 WHT TANK 9 [>f 912-16 TAN/BLU 10 |>- 913-16 TAN/BLU HOLDING TANK В al M 26 2 | — 950-16 RED/WHT 1<| | 959-16 BLK/GRY 1<|2 GENERATOR HARNESS MS _, 953-16 BLK/WHT +<| 3 REF DWG 09-620 J al S215 TAN 952-16 WHT/RED +<| 4 | 912- LU 3 [> 909-16 WHT/BLU 4 |>- 908-16 WHT/BRN 5 [> 910-16 WHT 6 [> 310-16 BRN 7 [>t 302-16 BRN 8 [>t 9> 10 |>+ 35-16 ВАМ Il [> 800-16 GRN 12 > 13 |> 913-16 TAN/BLU 14 |[>1 904-16 WHT/BLU ——— 15 |>+ 903-16 WHT/BRN 8 > 17 > 18 |>+ SYSTEMS MONITOR 19 |>- 324-16 BRN REF DWG 09-606 20 >+ 21 [>t Qll-16 WHT 22 [>] 905-16 СРМ 23 >t 24 > 25> 26 > 217-16 VIO 27 >| 320-16 BRN 28 > 29 [>t 328-14 RED/VIO 701-8 САМ 30 |>- 33-16 RED/VIO 702-8 GAN—— L 31 |>+ 953-16 BLK/WHT = = 32 > MAIN DC 33 > NEGATIVE BUS 34 > 35 > 36 > 220-16 VIO 37 |> 952-16 WHT/RED 38 > 39 > 332-16 BLK 40 [> 329-16 BLK—_ NOTE; я ALL GROUNDS GO TO MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS D rawin О № О. 09-60 1 5 Of 5 UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. e 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.31 ce 9 (2 10 |) 209-60 ‘ом Buime1q VOLTMETER E) 4h m CABIN MAIN TERMINAL STUD 104-2 RED/V WATER LEVEL AMMETER 104-8 RED/VIO WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL 8 7 2,73 FULL 16 BLK CABIN DC NEGATIVE BUS BATTERY VOLTAGE TEST “DETAIL A FUSEBLOCK LABELS — 1.800 — — —> <— 1.350 = 450 E — ——. 0 STBD PORT 10 RED 400L-16 WHT + AOIL-16 BLK - 4021-16 RED + 526-16 BLK/YEL + 524-14 ORN 5205-16 RED + 5305-16 BLK - BILGE 520-14 RED/VIO - 587-16 BLK/YEL - BLOWERS GENERATOR | | | | 14 AWG | | | | ALL JUMPERS 5285-16 WHT + 5275-16 GRN y 420-14 YEL - 522-14 RED/VIO - 582-16 BLK/YEL - 421-14 BLK 1 527-16 GRN + 528-16 WHT + 529-16 YEL 7 533-16 ORN | | | 530-16 BLK - | | 534-16 GRN + 535-16 YEL + 536-16 BLU 7 г — 537-16 BLK - NANA ANNAN AN NANA NNN ANN NAN NN ANN NN 957-16 RED/WHT + 1-16 WHT/RED 954-16 BLK/GRY - 956-16 BLK + 955-16 YEL/RED + —10 RED —10 RED GUEST HEAD Y= 10 MASTER HEAD 10 DISCHARGE PUMP 10 14 VEL POWER VENTS >< 14 YEL STEREO 50% REFRIGERATOR/ FREEZER FWD LIGHTING AFT LIGHTING [£20 BILGE/COCKPIT | LIGHTING FRESH WATER |/ PUMP SATELLITE TV [777 SYSTEM ACCESSORY —XX ACCESSORY | Хх > 10 RED 15 12\ RECEPTACLE 15° Lo 20 ) ) 952- © WHT /RED + 0-14 YEL A al 5307-16 BLK - 60114 BLK - 0-1 1 -] | 600-14 BLU - | 527P-16 САМ - | S268P-16 WHT 4 NY] 592-16 RED/VIO - 593-16 BLK + 590-16 RED/VIO - 59-16 BLK - 562 16 RED/VIO + 563-14 BLK + 596-16 RED/VIO + 597-16 BLK + 615-14 BLU - 616-14 ВСК - 1 6050-16 BLU + 6051-16 BLK - 5020-14 RED/VIO - Pe 14 BLK 1 Il —— C NEGATIV SARA AAA | [como 14 RED/VIO + IB 5023-14 BLK y 5 5010-12 RED/VIO + =——[5] (© = N E=— No s| |] a o ~ o 5] === EH OTVAPaAP oleLTsE MR yin X 5011-12 BLK + 5012-12 RED/VIO + 5013-12 BLK - 13 415-14 YEL - 4] 4 BLK A 5- 6- 6020-12 BLU 7 63-12 BLU - DETAIL М 2 BLK + ! 1 | 6021-12 BLK - | 2-1 -14 BLK A so 215LN-12 RED/VIO 1 215-12 RED/VIO + 1 218LN-12 RED/VIO STBD IGNITION Ps 218-12 RED/VIO 7 16 RED — L) 531-12 BRN/WHT + PORT IGNITION | — 532-12 BLK + Ah NAAN NANA ANN ANA | 1 SALON 3 GUEST ST. FM MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS 502-6 RED/VIO FROM BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 10 N OSO К о г BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-60! ON ON SS en A B с KOHLER GAS GENERATOR HARNESS О REF DWG 09-623 E F G-J UNUSED PORT CABIN HARNESS REF SHEET 2 CI mM mooom> K-X UNUSED w 00 PORT CABIN HARNESS REF SHEET 2 OONOUFPF* UN ON O 17-31 UNUSED IN (O) PORT CABIN HARNESS REF SHEET 2 M-S UNUSED E RxCIPAIMUAO > РА! BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 A B С D E F G H J K L M N P RS UNUSED BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-61 (T'T£‘9 DL) OLIVNAHOS PNRILAN IQ NISVI) WALSAS TVORLLOATH e 9 NOLLIAS rr 5036 BLK — dm — 543-16 WHT/BLU + 544-16 WHT/RED + 172 545-16 RED + 546-16 RED/VIO + STBD 547-16 WHT/BLU - 548-16 WHT/RED + 549-16 RED + a 12 J 550-16 RED/VIO II ill - N © 5 AFT STATE RM. 6 GUEST ST. RM. PORT — < Mm Dl С wn 2 MASTER ST. RM. 4 CREW QUTRS. o 7 GLEST ST. RM. 8 FWD. STAM. 4, 5 6 STED. CO MONITORS | AMP Da A 9 TV AMP 3 AMP 10 MDP LTS 5 AMP BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 © 00 Nou UNT o 1-16 WHT/BLU + 552-16 WHT/RED — N 16 BLK ¥¢ 5 fq" CABIN DC 553-16 НЕО - в о — + NEGATIVE BUS | 554-16 RED/VIO DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 7 REF DWG 09-965 MATERIAL: 010 POLYCARBONATE 125" WHITE REVERSE SILKSCREEN CK x > a HA A o NIN III III] GENERATOR ALL JUMPERS 14 AWG F 25 BLK + YEL/RED 7 954-16 BLK/GRY + 1-16 WHT/RED + —> —> —> —> ORN +> —> —> —> — ONAN DIESEL GENERATOR HARNESS REF DWG 09-624 957-16 RED/WHT + WHT /RED - UNUSED + UNUSED + o oO © < O — O > о O => — ~~ A — O1 < O — O > DS O => = SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM r N | GUEST HEAD GUEST HEAD HARNESS CABIN DC WIRING SCHEMATIC MD py re ss LIGHT SWITCH REF DVG 09-823 | M 37 11<+ 6800-14 BLU (FI G 6 3 3 1) _ >|<+ 601-14 BLK LAL | so We ° A |> 410-14 YEL S| <+ 410-14 YEL | в | > 41-14 BLK 4 412-14 YEL | C [> 520P-16 RED 5|<t 527P-16 | PORT CABIN D |> 530P-16 BLK | 6 528P-16 WHT | HARNESS E |>1 600-14 BLU | 7|<| 520P-16 TOR | REF SHEET 1 = I вони BLK g| <1 530P-16 BLK | G |>T 527P-16 GRN GUEST HEAD <a HEAD LIGHTS | by [>t 528P-16 WHT VENT BLK | > 41-14 BLK DÍ | BLY | K-x UNUSED Y XK) | | aaa И 8024 BU ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ р M 38 1 [>] 592-16 RED/VIO FWD STRM 2 |>+ 593-6 BLK CO MONITOR 627-16 BLU | = HANGING Y ocker 3 [> 590-16 RED/VIO SALON 628-16 BLK LIGHT PORT CABIN 4 |> 591-16 BLK CO MONITOR HARNESS в |>} 562-16 RED/VIO — TV ANTENNA FWD STATEROOM REF SHEET 1 2 IC] sea mk AMPLIFIER р TASK LIGHTS =D STATEROON | con FWD STATEROO 7 |> 596-16 RED/VIO MASTER STRM A M VALANCE LIGHTS g [>t 597-16 BLK CO MONITOR > a 9 |>] 615-14 BLU Г — 6l7-14 BLU 619-16 BLU 10 |>+ 6816-14 BLK 8-14 BLK 620-16 BLK 1 > 6050-16 BLU 4 NES STM — oor 14 BLU | 62316 BLU 62516 BLU 12 |>— 6051-16 BLK LIGHT | e224Bh 624-16 BLK—*- 626-16 BLK 13 |>- 5020-14 RED/VIO O MASTER STATEROOM 14 |>} 5021-14 BLK 12VDC RECEPTACLE TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TT TT TTT TTT TTT TT TT TTT TT TTT mmm mmm mT a 15 |>+ 5022-14 RED/VIO CAP 48 | PLUG 48 GALLEY HARNESS | 1 > 5023-14 BLK >10 RED/VIO E REF DWG 09-829 | 17-31 UNUSED au 310 BLK REFRIGERATOR | SALON I 12VDC RECEPTACLE GALLEY VENT GALLEY ! M 40 CAP 47 > LUG 47 SWITCH VENT GALLEY 12VDC | A [> 5010-10 RED/VIO 45-14 YEL 1H — 41714 veL—] RECEPTACLE GALLE в |>+ 501-10-BLK | 416-14 BLK4<27/GH 16-14 BLK GALLEY #1 #2 #3 | C |>+ 5012-10 RED/VIO | 5010-10 RED/VIO +<|3 SWITCH ! PORT CABIN D |> 5013-10 BLK 5011-10 BLK +</4 HARNESS E > 45-14 YEL 631-12 BLU 4<|5|<+ 6831-12 BLU — 633-16 BLU 635-14 BLU—L- 637-16 BLU | REF SHEETÍ |S | 416-4 BLK hey 12 BLK 1<|6| <1 632-12 В+ 634-14 BLK 636-14 BLK—- 638-16 BLK | 5 |> 6020-12 BLU | 699-10 BLU 4<|7 699-10 BLU —~ TWD SALON SWITCHES | 6000-10 BLU ро ! H |>+ 6021-14 BLK 696-10 BLU [5 8 698-10 BLU — SALON CENTER LIGHTS | 8000-10 BLU 1<C|9 POSO OOOO == 1 y >- 63H2 BLU В | — | 42 PART OF BILGE HARNESS | ws UNUSED K [J 632712 BLK ao Ss y OO 6012 BLU a REF DWG 09-800 | L |>+ 6013-14 BLK 6000. 12 BLU =< 6009-12 BLU — SALON STEP LIGHTS o e — 6011-12 BLU +12 Mo ACCESSORY ROOM BILGE LIGHTS | 6021-14 BLK +<|13/<+ 6021-16 вк < | 1 LIEHTS | 6020-12 BLU +<|I4 BILGE LIGHTS | Roo #1 #1 #2 #3 #4 Е 6022-12 BLU +<|I5| <+ 6022-12 BLU a _ LLL LL LL LI a I 10-BLU JUMPER 6022-12 BLU4-/B023-14 BLU-{- 6025-16 BLU-- 6028-16 BLU 6030-16 BLU | о | г 7 r----- 14 6024-14 BLK— 6026-16 BLK—+ 6029-16 BLK—- 603H-6 BLK SPLICE AT SALON NITO ENTRANCE GALLEY STEP PORT CABIN | | 6027-14 BLK | ENTRANCE SWITCH SALON CENTER LIGHTS HARNESS | | | FS M8 ~— 69810 BLU | REF DWG 09-820 1 | MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS | | N — B99-10 BLU—— T 6014-16 BLU | | = | — 699- 10 BLU A 699-10 BLU | 8013-14 BLK 6015-16 BLK | E = L— 698-10 BLU B 698-10 BLU PLLLLLL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LIL LL 1 5000-10 BLU -+>|C|>- 6000-10 BLU SA ENTRANCE NN STEP LICHTS | PART OF DECK HARNESS | 6009-12 BLU >>| p| >t 6009-12 BLU——— 6009-12 BLU | CENTER SALON REF es 09-844 A 7 и LIGH 6010-12 BLU +>| e| >+ 6010-12 BLU — — 6010-12 BLU | a 42 E | à PART OF DECK HARNESS | 6012-14 BLU +>| | > 6012-14 BLU | | o | o SALON ! 5-5 UNUSED — 6001-14 BLU—+- 6003-14 BLU-+1 6005-16 BLUE 6007-18 BLU- | | LIGHTS | — 6002-14 BLK—- 6004-14 BLK—- 6006-16 BLK + 6008-16 BLK— | | | | | | al #2 #3 #4 #5 | a dd “l #3, PART OF BILGE | | | Wa OF | PART OF BILGE HARNESS | | SALON ENTRANCE REF D 09 800 ! 657-14 BLU —+- 650-14 BLU—*F 66-14 BLU —} 663-14 BLU—| 665-16 BLU : | REF DWG 09-800 | | o 658-14 BLK —*+ 660-14 BLK—*- 662-14 BLK— 664-14 BLK—* 666-16 BLK | | 1 6012-14 BLU 6018-16 BLU | BILGE J 695-10 BLU 696-14 BLK 6019-16 BLK o | HARNESS K 696-12 BLK | а ENTRANCE fe нееенннннненененнннннн неее НЕ | REF SHEET 1 L 655-10 BLU | N 646-12 BLU SPLICE AT SALON " y RI 7777m Aa men SE E _ ENTRANCE SWITCH #1 #2 MASTER STR MASTER STRM #2 p 647-12 BLK oD BLU MASTER STRM STEP LIGITS 1! TASK LIGHTS CEILING HARNESS ENTRANCE SWITCHES | | MASTER STRM REF DWG 09-835 | RS UNSED | 670-10 BLK— 671-16 BLU 673-16 BLU || BUNK SWITCHES 677-14 BLU—} 679-16 BLU | |, MASTER STRM CEILING & | | 2 BLUE 672-16 BLK—+- 674-16 BLK |, 678-14 BLK—s- 680-16 BLK VALANCE LIGHTS | JUMPERS — 675-12 BLU т 4 #в' — 676-12 BLU | #1 #2 #3 4 #5 #6 #7 8 | — 681-12 BLU | | — 692-2 BLU |! 683-14 BLU—*{ 685-14 BLU—*|- 687-16 BLU—*[- 689-16 BLU—+16033-16 BLU-+[- 6035-16 BLU-#- 6037-16 BLU++ 6039-16 BLU | | 684-14 BLK = | 684-14 BLK— 6886-14 BLK— 688-168 BLK— 690-168 BLK—6034-16 BLK —- 6036-16 BLK— 6038-16 BLK— 6040-16 BLK | | MASTER STRM | | | 691-16 BLU — TV CABINET/ | | | | 692-16 BLK S LOCKER LIGHT x | | г = = = = = — = — = — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — JL —- —- — FFF FFF FFF 88€ 8€ ss ss ss ss ss ss ss ss ss rs ss a | a CAP 42 | | MASTER STATEROOM MASTER STATEROOM | | PLUG 42 | VANITY LIGHT #1 VANITY LIGHT #2 I 1 646-14 BLU MASTER STATEROOM MASTER STATEROOM | PART OF | >| <T 647-14 BLK | VENT VANITY SWITCHES SHOWER LIGHT Ml 42014 VE SWITCH PYR 1/2 FULL 6 5205-16 RED 3 421-14 BLK- 7,5 À a — 644-16 BLU 653-16 BLU | BILGE 7 5305-16 BLK | 5|<+ 5275-16 GRN | $ GUEST - 65-16 BLU 654-16 BLK | HARNESS © | 10>] 528516 WHT Г 1<| 5 <+ 5285-16 WHT HEAD 645-16 BLK — : H il 5275-16 GRN 5205-16 RED INDICATOR 652-16 BLK | & DWG 09-601 7 MASTER STATEROOM | 12 420-14 YEL: 8 5305-16 BLK MASTER HEAD HEAD LIGHT | 15 421-14 BLK t<lg ^^ 422-14 YEL 648-16 BLU SWITCH | ! —— 214 BLK MASTER HEAD — GAS16 BLY MASTER HEAD HARNESS | - VENT E! 650-16 BLK REF DWG 09-83I Drawing No. 09-602 (2 Of 2) | Ne J 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.33 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC WIRING SCHEMATIC FIG. 6.34.1 ) _GENERATOR 8/3 BOAT CABLE “0 KW 6 GAN N (WHT) | 240 VAC do ENCLOSURE SORZ LI REF SHEET 2 -8 ANA GROUNDINC NOTE 2 В > IUD os - В GRN MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS — POWER || || rE 3 GRN 1H - AS - Ro >— PANEL Ч p= GROUNDING an ~~ NX Ma STUD OL TS | OL TS 3 GRN NOTE 2 NOTE 2 GEN | B0A SOA | SHORE AC SOURCE NEUTRAL & COMMON GROUNDING BUS BAR e EER) JUMPERS ARE В СА LOAD NEUTRAL BUS BAR DO S RED NEUTRAL /GROUNDING BUS 240VAC LOAD DLK 4/3 AC PUMP/RELAY S BLA 120VAC LOAD 14/3 FWD AIR CONDITIONER ‘20 GALLEY SYSTEMS —4/3 8 = A | | ‘20° PORT SYSTEMS——14/73 — SALON AIR An 9 20 x ях 12/3 —= CONDITIONER #1 — 15 BATTERY CHARGER—14/3 —— SALON AIR ~~ BOW THRUSTER | ?— CONDITIONER +2 ———_X —— BATTERY CHARGER | VID SO ACCESSORY —xXx KX ACCESSONT — Cotes SV ACCESSORY —% $ | бе — 12/3 STOVE | ) DENOTES SLIDE SHUTTLE, ONLY ONE SOURCE 20% STBD SYSTEMS 4/3 7 CAN BE ENERGIZED AT A TIME. 506— AFT SYSTEMS ——XX 14/3 WATER HEATER 2) 1 AMP IN-LINE FUSES. CE 10° — 3) REF DWG 09-96] FOR PANEL PRINT. E REFRICEMATOR/ " 1473 AFT AIR CONDITIONER A. ? 4) AC SOURCE NEUTRALS, AND ALL EQUIPMENT US FREEZER | 10° — SAFETY GROUNDS RETURN TO THE AC SOURCE 50 WASHER/DRYER—12/3 Г ) NEUTRAL AND COMMON GROUNDING BUS BAR ON = TT 5) ALL EQUIPMENT NEUTRALS RETURN TO THE LOAD XX ACCESSORY NEUTRAL BUS BAR ON THE AC NEUTRAL GROUDING BUS. AX 6) IMPORTANT: NEUTRAL & GROUND ARE TIED TOGETHER AT THE AC NEUTRAL /GROUNGING BUS. NEUTRAL & GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ON BOARD THE VESSEL. 7) PLANT TO PLUG SALON A/C #2 AND AFT SYSTEMS BREAKERS. Drawing No. 09-631 6.34 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC WIRING SCHEMATIC (F1G6. 6.35.1) SAÉARER 50 Ave] _ N | €LI ET — D OU CABLEMASTER Ш ren —— a. [6 [Lz SHORE POWER PLUG C1 NOTE 2 120/240VAC/50A 6 GEN —1—— — Des SN WHITE) D Ou = © OT REF SHEET | | 2 DO SEC PAI GRD IBOAT GNDINGI TRANSFORMER 7 Drawing No. 09-631 (1 OF 2) Na 240V PRIMARY [20V/240V SECONDARY IZKVA 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.35 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CABLEMASTER REMOTE SCHEMATIC (Fra. 6.36.1) ТО 15-1 REF O3-GO1 TO ACCY RM NEG BUS Drawing No. 09-608 _-- OUT = >-IN = | [CD OFF POWER SWITCH SEE NOTES 384 NOTES: WITH NEW RELAY ASSEMBLY A 12VDC REMOTE CONTROL 15 SUITABLE FOR ALL VOLTAGES. (12,24, 30VDC) 2) CIRCUIT BREAKER SPECS: CM7-12VDC 20 AMP BREAKER 6-10 RUNNING AMPS CM7-24VDC 10 AMP BREAKER 5-6 RUNNING AMPS CM7-32VDC 10 AMP BREAKER 5-6 RUNNING AMPS 3) PLANT TO INSTALL 5 AMP INLINE FUSE DIRECTLY TO CABLEMASTER RELAY. 4) FUSE LEAD ATTACHES DIRECTLY TO RELAY AND MUST NOT EXCEED 7” IN LENGTH, 7 IT T > 10" VENDOR SUPPLIED HARNESSES 559-10 RED/VIO © E + + RED] O 5 REVOTE-RED- < > Z WO < 560-10 BLK O 45 SEMI GA — REMOTE-YELLOW— < > = C e 7 REMOTE-GREEN— MT +2 NU SWITCH LO = SWITCH < > (© E OUT ORANGE +0 | 97 UMTe О 6 QTL BLACK O => SWITCH O X J UNUSED RADIO CONTROL RECIEVER [VDC _— ANTENNA 6.36 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ENGINE HARNESS SCHEMATIC (Fra. 6.37.1) PORT ENGINE PLUG 3P STBD ENGINE PLUG 35 Drawing No. 09-604 (1 of 4) NOTES: 1) MARK PORT WITH RED TAPE AND STBD WITH GREEN TAPE 6" BACK FROM CONNECTOR. 2) ALL EMPTY CONNECTOR SPACES TO BE PLUCED. 3) REF DWG 09-808 FOR HARNESS CONSTRUCTION. Po [A- 14 BLACK + 16 LT. BLU —Æ] 1 ><} 16 GRAY © — 16 TAN =<] 2 4l<- 18 TAN/BLUE | 14 VIO =<] 4 5<4 14 VIOLET —<| 9 7<- 14 YELLOW/RED 14 BLACK =<] 7 3<- 18 LT. BLU 118 10/<- UNUSED SPLICE H Ш SPLICE 6 —_ | 14 BLACK TE 16 LT. BLU —X| 1 ?<- 16 GRAY — 16 TAN —<| ? 3< 16 TAN 16 GRAY —<| 3 4< 16 TAN/BLUE \ | 14 VIO =<} 4 5<— 14 VIOLET = SS 7< 14 YELLOW/RED 14 BLACK =<] / a<- 18 LT. BLU +</ 8 10<4— UNUSED | | | | | | | | [| | BILGE HARNESS | II TAM 52 F 51 12 POS) [7237567890112 [234 REF DWG 09-601 | ЛЛЛМЕ 52 | 16 GRAY TO ENGINE 16 GRAY | SYNCHRONIZER 14 VIOLET 48 TYP PORT — 1011-10) ELEC FUEL SHUTOFF 1010-20 VALVE SPLICE A PORT MA 1006-16 GRAY E 1008-16 GRAY A BLACK B|<— 1007-16 BLACK aD 1009-16 BLACK B ny SPLICE B SPLICE C TAN р STBD MI A 1000-16 GRAY С) 1002-16 GRAY A TAN/BLUE AST 1001-16 BLACK © 1003-16 BLACK <<) B VIOLET SPLICE D MOLDED PVC ENGINE PLUG 10 STBD 1005 ELEC FUEL — 1004-00) SHUTOFF 48 TYP VAL VE INSTRUMENT PANEL M 35 REF DWG 09-601 INSTRUMENT PANEL M 36 REF DWG 09-601 PORT (F) S1BD (F] 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.37 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ENGINE HARNESS WITH SMART CRAFT SCHEMATIC (FIG. 6.38.1) NOTES: 1) MARK PORT WITH RED TAPE AND STBD WITH GREEN TAPE 6" BACK FROM CONNECTOR. 2) ALL EMPTY CONNECTOR SPACES TO BE PLUGED. 3) PLANT TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ENGINE ALARMS, Drawing No. 09-604 (2 of 4) PORT ENGINE 4) REF DWG 09-809 FOR HARNESS CONSTRUCTION. SMARTCRAFT FUEL CONNECTOR AST UNUSED PORT FUEL B< 16 PINK/RED TANK SENDER C<t UNUSED |<- UNUSED SPLICE G 2<4- 16 GRAY PORT ENGINE 3<«<7- UNUSED — PLUG 3P 4/«+ 16 TAN/BLU 14 VIO —<|1 S<- 14 VIOLET O 14 YELLOW/RED + 2 6 <t UNUSED | —<|3 7 14 YELLOW/RED 14 VID —K| 4 8<- UNUSED 14 YELLOW/RED —<| 5 +< 6 10/«+ UNUSED +<|7 D —<|8 [7 [NS | SPLICE LÉ SPLICE F A | + UNUSED À 2<- 16 GRAY R e 3<—— UNUSED \ E El STBD ENGINE 4<— 16 TAN/BLU v PLUG 35 H< 14 VIOLET (о 6 < UNUSED del NS W HED ENGINE ALARMS SEE NOTE 3 STBD ENGINE l0<- UNUSED SMARTCRAFT FUEL CONNECTOR AN A << UNUSED | В STBD FUEL М 5? del ES GRN TANK SENDER АА 4 MNF 52 16 GRAY TO ENGINE 18 GRAY | SYNCHRONIZER 14 VIOLET 43 TYP PORT — 101-010) ELEC FUEL 0 SHUTOFF 1010 VALVE SPLICE A PORT MA 1006-16 GRAY a 1008-16 GRAY A BLACK B 1007-16 BLACK AD 1009-16 BLACK B LIGHT BLUE GREY SPLICE B SPLICE C YELLOW/RED TAN 7 TAN/BLUE SIED IM A 1000-16 GRAY © 1002-16 GRAY A B 1001-16 BLACK a 1003-16 BLACK B VIOLET SPLICE D MOLDED PVC ENGINE PLUG 10 STBD 1005 ELEC FUEL — 1004110 SHUTOFF #3 TYP VALVE CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL F 30 REF DWG 09-601 PORT (F) S1BD (F) 6.38 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM KOHLER GAS GENERATOR SCHEMATIC (Fi6. 6.39.1) Drawing No. 09-623 FROM DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL KOHLER GAS GENERATOR SCHEMATIC F 25 5 7 7 1 Ha = > 5 — — 3 — = = START/STOP ON > T +> SPDT (MOMIW/IND LAMP DPST LS Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y- < N O1 - 9560-16 BLK - UNUSED - UNUSED - UNUSED - 957-16 RED/WHT UNUSED — UNUSED —+—> > F - 9351-16 WHT/RED - 954-16 BLK/GRY | 56-06 BLK — UNUSED — - 955-16 YEL/RED UNUSED — Э5 7-16 RED/WHT — - 952-16 WHT/RED 955-160 YEL/RED — — 954-160 BLK/GRY — У У У - O ИИ < С N UNUSED — 953-16 BLK/WHT — UNUSED — UN = > SPLICE POINT B FUEL VALVE 964A-16 BLK 963A-16 RED/VIO SPLICE POINT A 951-16 WHT/RED = UNUSELH UNUSED- Ul > VV 904-160 BLK 9363-16 KED/VIO | | 964-16 BLK 963-16 RED/VIO AN VV BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 Me 7 CONNECTOR USED FOR M 26 Е DIESEL ONLY > 950-16 RED/WHT > 959-16 BLK/GRY————+— | > 953-16 BLK/WHT | SYSTEMS MONITOR > 952-168 WHT/RED | REF DWG 09-606 KOHLER GAS GENERATOR REFERENCE GENERATOR OWNER'S MANAUL FOR COMPLETE GENERATOR WIRING DETAIL. (О — BATTERY NEGATIVE - WATER TEMP — OIL PRESSURE - BATTERY POSITIVE (RUN) — CRANK/START - SHUT DOWN с N Y Y Y Y Y Y — BATTERY NEGATIVE — SWITCH NEG FAULT SHUT DOWN CIRCUIT - BATTERY POSITIVE (TIMED/RUN) — BATTERY POSITIVE (10 AMP FUSE) — UNUSED — UNUSED | | GENERATOR FUEL > PUMP CONNECTOR GENERATOR FUEL 2 PUMP CONNECTOR 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.39 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ENGINE SYNCHRONIZER MODULE SCHEMATIC (Fic. 6.40.1) PORT IGNITION GROUND IN O €, S P PORT ENGINE TACH SENDER O GND O [GN SO OP out > 1BU IGNI TION GROUND > 1BD ENGINE TACH SENDER Drawing No. 09-612 6.40 lo VIO lo BLK lo GrRY/RED 16 GRY lo GRY/YEL lo GRY lo VIO lo VIO lo BLK lo BLK lo GRY/GRN lo GRY NOTE: WIRED AS SHOWN, GAUGE WILL INDICATE TOWARD SLOWER ENGINE. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SYSTEMS MONITOR SCHEMATIC (Fi6. 6.41.1) SYSTEMS MONITOR INDICATOR PANEL TWO LINE LCD DISPLAY SYSTEMS MONITOR AUDIBLE ALARM & N О ль Л Л S С Е Е LUN NN < АСС М NN NS \ NS S _ М > Ds SYSTEMS MONITOR INTERFACE MODULE 7 BILGE HEAT DETECTOR PORT ENG DIAGNOSTIC (+) PORT OL PSI PORT WATER TEMP PORT TRANSMISSION TEMP EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP FWD EMERGENCY PUMP 330 RGe/U COAX AFT EMERGENCY PUMP lo ON —— lo BLK 10 RED/VIO 10-ORN NN A O BACK LIGHT REF 09-601 SHEET | EXT. ALARM. PLANT TO INSTALL WHEN SYSTEMS MONITOR Is LOCATED ON STBD COMBING. A SN 16-BLK — 39-16 RED/VIO D Drawing No. 09-606 — 3316 BLK PIE -/2 M/Z 33-60 RED/ VIO - WD BILGE PUMP AFT BILGE PUMP PORT EXHAUST TEMP PORT FUEL FILTER COND s1BD ENG DIAGNOSTIC (+) 519) UL PSI STBD WATER TEMP PORT CAT DIAGNOSTIC STBD CAT DIAGNOSTIC PORT SERVICE ENG SOON FWD SUMP AFT SUMP STBD TRANSMISSION TEMP = STBD EXHAUST TEMP Y S 18D FUEL FILTER COND v V PORT GN AFT PUMP 5160 SERVICE ENG SOON + 127 24МОС + 12/Z4VDC GEN OIL S 18D IGN YY GEN IGN GROUND Ÿ GROUND N OONOUAUN-+O Y Y Y Y YY Y YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY Y Y Y Y YY YY Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y < UN 331 lo RED/ VIO 332 10 BLK — 332-160 BLK REF. DWG 09-001 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.41 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STovE Tor SWITCH SCHEMATIC (Fra. 6.42.1) Drawing No. 09-607 NOTES: I RELAYS SHOWN IN DEENERGIZED POSITION,SWITCH SHOWN WITH 4 © STOVE COVER IN PLACE. STOVE BREAKER REF. DWS 09-631 4 Ze © D STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH NEUTRAL GROUNDING BUSS STOVE BREAKER REF DWG 09-633 — $? и NEUTRAL BUSS GROUNDING BUSS | | | | | TT | | | —e D— 12 BLK | | | | | 12 RED —æ@ B— 12 RED STOVE 240VAC | | CD > | | C | | > | $B | | | 12 GRN 240VAC/80HZ STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH q e Cr | | | | + &— 12 BLK — ®— 12 BLK | | | | 12 WHT —e > 12 WHT STOVE 220VAC | C | В D | | | 12 GRN 220VAC/50HZ 6.42 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAIN NEGATIVES, GROUNDING, AND BONDING SCHEMATIC (F16. 6.43.1) MAIN DC BREAKER В GRN — PANEL FACE DIESEL) MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL AC GROUNDING BUS MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL FACE SOON AT MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL 3 GRN 2/0 ORN ENCLOSURE E 6RN — DS PANEL DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 3 G6KN— FACE © GAN CABIN DC NEGATIVE BUS | 2 BLK — — < BLA ELECTRONICS NEGATIVE 2 BLK CONTROL STATION NEGATIVE BUS PORT © MAIN DC BATTERY NEGATIVE BUS GENERATOR CN 4 GRN — SORT ® 7 4/0 BLK | | 2 BLK - = BATTERY > = | STARTER ® STBD o BATTERY 4 GAN O 4/0 BLK — 4/0 BLK — TED ® 4/0 BLK BATTERY 4/0 BLK N PORT STBD ENGINE ENGINE = = = = FWD BONDING 3 pc SV 3 STARTER STARTER 4 GRN AFT BONDING г В DES CA 320 A CATERPILLAR (OPTIONAL) Drawing No. 09-603 (1 of 2) 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.43 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 WINDLASS SCHEMATIC (FiG. 6.44.1) | MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL | | REF DWG 09-601 5 AMP | | FUSES | | WINDLASS FUSE CONTROL STATION | REF 09-601 77— | SWITCH PANEL o | | POT т | | ve Ls Met WI NDLASS | O LATCHING ' MAIN A 555-16 WHT/BLU | | SOLENOID | | 3 |>- 556-16 WHT/RED a |, | WINDLASS C |>} 557-16 RED a | CONTROL D | >+ 558-16 RED/VIO a | | | | a | | МВ FE | | | | A|<} 555-16 WHT /BLU | B |< 556-16 WHT /RED C|<t 557-16 RED——Ö— | D|<+ 558-16 RED/VIO | | IE | | a В ——— БОо20-2 Rep ——_t 0 | STBD CABIN HARNESS | 2BK Ц. REF DWG 09-601 + | 577-14 GRN | WINDL ASS | 2 | >+ 578-14 BLU | MAIN DC - | | J NEGATIVE BUS - 19 | M 19 | 750-4 GEN 7 N | | + | | MAIN DC | | NEGATIVE BUS | yp WINDLASS DOWN | = | | | | | | | | | | | | 5021 5027 | | O RED 6 RED 6 RED | | | | | 5026-6 RED | | — 5024-6 RED | | | | 5028 | | < o 14 BLK | EDT 1 B | ` | | | Vas 83 | “о | | Eb CONTROL BOX Drawing No. 09-610 \ J 6.44 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (Fi6. 6.45.1) Drawing No. 09-616 Bow THRUSTER SCHEMATIC 2/0 GRN FROM MOTOR NEG. TO CASE GROUND к — 2/0 BLK + >/0 NOD VENDOR SUPPLIED BOW THRUSTER SR ия A BATTERIES > SON © | 2/0 RED- THRUSTER | 14 BLU BOW -) 4 MOTOR 2 > 14 RED > AN THRUSTER 150 3|>+ 14 BLK 3 CONTROL ‘ 4\>+ 14 WET 4| > JOYSTICK — 2/0 RED 30 LS 75 à, 4 270 RED > LL NOTE 3 NOTE | NOTE 2 506! 5060 10 BLK 10 RED PLANT TO INSTALL EE o 0000000 LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL 0 I JUMPERS N | ROW THRUSTER HARNESS ВЕ CONTROL STATION Ts 1 REF DWG 09-854 a SWITCH PANEL | | | a REF DWG 09-601 | из > M17 FIT BOW BE LL THRUSTER | <+ 5062-16 WHT/BLU | ВАТТЕВУ 2 <+ 5063-18 WHT /RED 2 | HANGER | 3 <- 5064-16 RED 3 | o_o pl | 4|<- 5065-16 RED/VIO 4 5|<- 5066-16 BLK 5 | | <PBI<T << | | | NOTE: MDP | | 1) MAIN FEED NOT TO EXCEED 72" AND ENTIRE LENGTH MUST BE SHEATHED. o - 21 FUSE LEAD ATTACHES DIRECTLY TO ANL FUSEHOLDER. FUSE LEAD MUST NOT EXCEED 7” (OR 407 156 ENTIRE LENGTH IS SHEATHED. 3) FUSE LEAD ATTACHES DIRECTLY TO SOLENOID. FUSE LEAD MUST NOT EXCEED 7” (OR 407 16 ENTIRE LENGTH IS SHEATHED. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.45 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SMART CRAFT SYSTEM WIRING (F1G. 6.46.1) Drawing No. 09-701 NOTES: J CHI = CUSTOMER HELM INTERFACE. 2) PCM = PROPULSION CONTROL MODULE. 3) CAN = CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK SYSTEM TYPE OF COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL USED FOR DATA TRANSFER. 4) TERMINATOR = RESISTOR DESIGNED TO REDUCE NOISE AND PROVIDE PROPER VOLTAGE LEVELS ON THE CAN BUS CIRCUIT.EXACTLY TWO PER CIRCUIT MUST BE INSTALLED ONE 6 EACH END OF CIRCUIT) 5) CAN BUS POWER = 3 POSITION PLUG AND CAP LOCATED BY SMARTCRAFT HARNESS CONNECTOR. DISCONNECT FROM EACH OTHER ON BOTH ENGINES AND PLUG USING WEATHER CAPS, B) SMARTCRAFT HARNESS PLUGS ARE LOCATED ON THE PORT AFT SIDE OF ENGINE. 7) DEPTH TRANSDUCER PLUGS INTO DIAGNOSTIC PORT. 8 POS. "A" UNUSED, POS. "B™ TANK #1, POS. "C7 TANK #2, 9) POSITION "A" UNSWITCHED +12V, POSITION "F™ SWITCHED +12V FROM STBD KEY SWITCH 6 DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL, POSITION "B" NEGATIVE, 10) REF. DWG 09-601 FOR CAN BUS POWER, 11) REF DWG 09-604 FOR FUEL SENDER WIRES, 16-PINK/RED 7” PORT ENGINE CuU> — SMARTCRAFT HARNESS CONNECTOR ON ENGINE LOCATED IN BILGE NE J STBD ENGINE - SMARTCRAFT HARNESS CONNECTOR ON ENGINE SHIPS MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS SHIPS MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS PART OF BOAT WIRING PORT FUEL TANK SENDER PART OF BOAT WIRING LOCATED AT CONTROL STATION 307 SYSTEM VIEW < 307 WARNING HORN PART OF CHI HARNESS PART OF BOAT WIRING S 18D FUEL N DA J I = | т | 19" ABC > aX The DICBIA =“ = aC mM DB Nu 16-PINK/GRN x o> = ШО Q MO = oC 14] T NE 17° TANK SENDER 5 CHI HARNESS 6" 5" J 6” ] 4" OI | WHT/BLU + NMEA 0183 BLU/WHT - —— | CONNECTION : AIR TEMP SENSOR ITEM | от“. DESCRIPTION ME ORTA | SEA RAY PARTS OF | 1 | W/ CHIHARNESS & AR TEMP SENSOR | | 9798752 1610385 02 4 SPIN LOCK NUT - 5" 06 036 630 1690382 03 2 4 IN | GAUGE - 5" 02 069 004 1609007 04 > TACHOMETER — 6K 5" 02 068 002 1608934 05 | SC 1000 HARNESS 30 879968830 1507276 06 2 SC 1000 HARNESS 10" 879968BI0 1676600 07 2 J BOX 4 WAY 57849264 1507326 08 > TERMINATOR/RESISTOR 5593188] 1507334 09 - - - - 10 2 WEATHER CAP 1 3 POSITION CAP ) 881176A1 1610500 | 2 WEATHER CAP 13 POSITION PLUG ) SBI75A] 1610518 12 | DEPTH / TEMP TRANSDUCER (NYLON) 5819338] 1690371 13 | STEERING SENSOR ASSEMBLY SE318874 1610427 14 | STEERING EXT HARNESS S64210A] 1689718 5 | STEERING PIGTAIL S63S3IAI 1689719 * * * * * 6.46 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SEA RAY NAVIGATOR INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM (FIG. 6.47.1) ITEM | QTY. DESCRIPTION MAPTECH # SEA RAY PART# | SEA RAY NAVIGATOR 10.4 (PACKAGE) SRHWPACKIO 1619352 SEA RAY NAVIGATOR 12.1 (PACKAGE) SRHWPACKIZ 1619378 ol | COMPUTER MODEL 10.4 SRCHWIO 1819360 02 COMPUTER MODEL. 12.1 SRCHWIZ 1619386 SRN POWER SUPPLY/GPS RECEIVER, 03 CABLE KIT, USB EXT FOR KEYBOARD SRPSCOMBO 1690075 PARALLEL EXTENSION FOR CD-ROM 04 | DEPTH/TEMP X-DUCER W/PIGTAIL NYLON) | SRDTTPIGTAIL 1690359 05 DEPTH/TEMP X-DUCER EXT. HARN, - 30" |SRDTTHARNESS30| 1890360 06 | DEPTH/TEMP X-DUCER EXT, HARN. - 60° [SRDTTHARNESS60 1690361 07 1 MOUSE W/CABLE SRCMOUSE 1619311 08 | БВ GPS ANTENNA W/20' CABLE 8 BNC CONN. |SRCGPSANTENNA 1619329 09 с BNC CONNECTOR + 1596360 10 | BNC COUPLER * 1688702 REMOTE CD DRIVE SRCCDDRIVE 1019345 l OWNERS PACKET-SRN SOFTWARE SROWNERSKIT 1690077 Drawing No. 09-703 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.47 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STEREO WIRING DIAGRAM (F1G. 6.48.1) Drawing No. 09-611 К SAO MAAl20-2 SIDE (A) (FRONT SIDE) CABIN AMPLIFIER op STANDARD RCA CABLE a FILTER CH 1/2 LP VENDOR SUPPLIED BASS EXTENDER 6 7 O'CLOCK FILTER COAX EXTENSION CH 3/4 HP STEREO 7 I —— — CH 1/2 CH 3/4 LPF,HPF el? O'CLOCK ANTENNA - TJ STANDARD RCA CABLE — CH 1/2 CH 3/4 GAIN @ 12 O'CLOCK N Г р FILTER om в ` [OO] XMDL W/NEW CHIP i STEREO CHANNEL RCA "Y" CABLE > © a Г 55 | \ CD LINK | : = BASS Boe 6 10 0 Lock po ES Ny 15 AMP (| -HO00 00 RE: Sa I) SPEAKER "O — 000 FUSE WIRES UNUSED DOG Mm а | | ® Vu 2 LEFT CHANNEL 183 BILGE HARNESS ] == | RIGHT CHANNEL 284 REF DWG 09-601 500-10 YEL = 5 AMP S1A-16 BLU/WHT INLINE J FUSE 7 MUTE SWITCH RCA "Y" CABLE | PANEL | | | | | N A оно N STBD AFT me 510 ı 1 caBN | HARDTOP SPEAKER 16 BLK | | SPEAKER > J С 3 | | ~ | | ) | | 5000 A N— 5002 | о— | | COCKPIT | | | NS с PORT FWD | те [DO Зо | В SIDE В) SPEAKER SPEAKER у (BACK SIDE] 311 5O2A-10 RED/VIO —— 005 16 BLU/WHT SIB-16 BLU/WHT — 5001 OI 5038-14 BLK — E 573-16 BLU/WHT 503A-10 BLK — 574-16 BLK { VENDOR SUPPLIED A AA M72 REMOTE EXTENSION APX400-4M 1234586 NN F72 COCKPIT SUBWOOFER SIDE (A) (FRONT SIDE] STEREO REMOTE y Y YN] F 74 123456878 Y Y Y Y | M 74 574-16 BLK DIOS EDS 573-16 BLU/WHT © COCKPIT AMPLIFIER JE Mi === J N TN O 502A-10 RED/VIO 503A-10 BLK SliC-16 BLU/WHT O MASTER STRM N 5014 ST À PORT SALON (+) — SPEAKER | O \ bTBD SALON SPEAKER OZ MASTER STRM PORT | S180 SPEAKER 6) —— JS SPEAKER 502-8 RED/VIO REF DWG 09-602 503-8 BLK REF DWG 09-602 NOTE: 1) SEE MANUFACTURERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION. 6.48 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 1. LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES Figures 7.21.1 and 7.22.1 identify the location and arrangement of the equipment and components on your yacht. We strongly suggest that you walk through your yacht, locate the features illustrated, and become familiar with their operation and maintenance. 2. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITORS The 390 MY is equipped with a carbon monoxide (CO) monitors throughout the boat. The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects carbon monoxide. When there is a build-up of CO in any room, the monitor in that room will alert the occupants by a flashing a DANGER light and sounding an alarm. The CO monitors are powered through a breaker on the DC Distribution panel at the control station. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR (Fra. 7.1.1) LES RADEON ES (A POWER INDICATOR DANGER INDICATOR © HORN ©) TEST BUTTON Na J f A Actuation of the CO monitor indicates the presence of carbon monoxide which can be FATAL. EVACUATE THE PREMISES IMMEDIATELY. DO A HEAD COUNT TO CHECK THAT ALL PERSONS ARE ACCOUNTED FOR. CALL THE NEAREST FIRE DEPARTMENT AND ASK THEM TO DETERMINE THE SOURCE OF CARBON MONOXIDE. DO NOT REENTER PREMISES UNTIL IT HAS BEEN AIRED OUT AND THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED. ” This detector will only indicate the presence of carbon monoxide gas at the sensor. Carbon monoxide may be present in other areas. = J It is important that you read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions. It is extremely important that you become familiar with the CO monitor and its functions. A. TESTING THE CO MONITOR Test the monitors on your boat for at manufacturers required intervals by pushing the TEST button on the side of the unit. If the unit is operating correctly both audible and visual warning indicators will be activated. f в To reduce the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning, test the monitor operation when not in use for 10 days or | more. J REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION MANUAL IN THE OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 3. AIR CONDITIONING & HEATING The 390 MY air conditioning/heating system consists of five (5) standard air conditioning/heating units, a raw water pump with seacock and strainer and a relay unit so the water pump will be activated by demand when any AC unit comes on. An optional cockpit A/C unit is also available. Care should be taken so as not to stow items around the air handlers that may block the return air grill or damage the freon lines running to the compressor. The air filters for each unit should be removed and cleaned periodically to assure fresh, clean air circulation and to reduce stress on the unit. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.1 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS The forward stateroom unit is located under the hanging closet and can be accessed through the vent on the side of the closet. The controls for the unit are located on the forward wall of the hanging closet. The removable air filter can be accessed by removing the air intake vent on the side of the hanging closet. The salon unit is located in the aft starboard salon behind an access hatch above the sofa. The controls for the unit are located on the port side of the salon above the DC distribution panel. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit. The master stateroom unit is located under the head of the bunk. The controls for the unit are located on the port hanging closet wall. The removable air filter can be accessed by removing the air intake vent on the starboard side of the bunk. The cockpit unit (Optional) is located under the companion seat at the control station. The controls for the unit are located on the starboard side of the cockpit wet bar. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit. If equipped with the optional cockpit A/C unit, the following changes to boat power will take place: * The 30 amp breaker at the AC main distribution panel will change to a double pole 50 amp breaker. * The main shore power breaker, on the aft wall of the master stateroom hanging locker, will change from a 35 amp breaker to a 60 amp breaker. e The shore cord and the shore power inlet at the port transom will change from 30 amp to 50 amp capacity. e The galvanic isolator, located behind the master stateroom hanging locker, will change from 30 amp to 50 amp capacity. e An adapter for the 50 amp power cord will be provide to enable the cord to be plugged into the 30 amp dock service. 7.2 The system is cooled to maintain optimal operating temperature by the raw water pump located in the bilge. The pump draws water through a seacock and filters it through a sea water strainer. The water passes through each compressor cooling the condensing coils, then flows overboard through various thru-hull drains. (The sea water strainer should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. To clean strainer, refer to Section 4- Bilge & Underwater Gear, pg. 4.11, Seacocks & Strainers). The condensation drains for all the compressor units connect into the common drain. AIR CONDITIONING/ HEATING LOCATIONS (Fıc. 7.2.1) STATEROOM AIR HANDLER “SALON MASTER STATEROOM AIR HANDLER LA” COCKPIT AIR HANDLER (OPTIONAL) 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS A. TO START SYSTEM: 1. Make sure the seacock for the cooling water pump is open. 2. Turn ON the A/C WATER PUMP & RELAY circuit breaker on the main AC distribution panel. Turn ON each A/C UNIT circuit breaker located on the same panel. 3. Refer to air conditioner owner’s manual in the owner’s packet for instructions on operation of the control panels. REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 4. WATER SYSTEM The fresh water system consists of a 100 gallon (378.5 liter) water tank, 24 volt water pump with water filters, water heater, accumulator tank and hot and cold distribution manifolds. The fresh water system is activated by the fresh water pump breaker on the salon 12VDC distribution panel. The breaker must be ON to operate the head, shower, ice maker, fresh water washdowns and faucets. A. WATER TANK The water tank is located between the port and starboard inboard stringers beneath the swim platform . To check the water level in the tank, press the water level switch on the 12 volt DC distribution panel located in the salon. The lights will indicate the amount of water in the tank. FILLING THE WATER TANK The tank is filled through a fill plate located on the starboard transom at the bottom of the steps. Fill the water tank only from a source known to provide safe, pure drinking water. To fill your water tank you 1 FRESH WATER SYSTEM (Fra. 7.3.1) \ (A) TO TRANSOM SHOWER SEE FIGURE 7.3.3 © TO BOW WASHDOWN ©) SEE FIGURE 7.3.2 (E) SEE FIGURE 7.3.1 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS fr (Fıc. 7.4.1) (A) WATER TANK SENDING UNIT © AFT BULKHEAD ©) FILL HOSE © WATER FEED TO PUMP Na FRESH WATER SYSTEM (E) WATER PUMP W/FILTER @ FROM MANIFOLD TO MASTER HEAD (©) TO WATER MANIFOLD (1) TOACCUMULATOR BOTTLE (J) ACCUMULATOR BOTTLE f в FRESH WATER SYSTEM (Fra. 7.4.3) 1 (FiG. 7.4.2) A FEED TO MASTER HEAD AFT ENGINE BULKHEAD © SHOWER WATER MIXER Na FRESH WATER SYSTEM © COLD WATER TO MASTER SHOWER (6) COLD WATER TO MASTER VANITY ® HOT WATER TO MASTER SHOWER ® HOT WATER TO MASTER VANITY ® FROM TANK TO MANIFOLD (A) FROM WATER TANK @ GUEST SHOWER WATER MIXER WATER MANIFOLD (H) COLD WATER TO GUEST SHOWER © TO WASHER/DRYER (OPTIONAL) (1) COLD WATER TO GUEST VANITY © FROM WATER HEATER (J) HOT WATER TO GUEST VANITY (E) WATER HEATER (K) HOT WATER VENT TO THRU-HULL (® HOT WATER TO GUEST SHOWER — (1) FEED TO WATER HEATER \. J should use a plastic hose. Do not use a rubber hose; it can give the water a disagreeable flavor. The hose should be kept for filling use only. After using the hose it should be emptied. Start at one end and raise the hose to shoulder level and walk to the opposite end of the hose, allowing the remaining water to flow out. You should store your FRESH WATER TANK (F1G6. 7.4.4) © (A) WATER TANK (E) WATER FEED HOSE SENDING UNIT (E) WATER PUMP W/FILTER © AFTBULKHEAD (BG) TO WATER MANIFOLD © FILL HOSE (В ACCUMULATOR BOTTLE = J 7.4 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS water tank filling hose in a clean dry place. It is also a good practice to cover the ends of the hose to keep the inside clean. To BEGIN INITIAL OPERATION: Fill the water tank with potable water. 2. Switch the water pump breakers to the ON position. 3. One at atime, open all hot and cold faucets to bleed air from the water lines. 4. Once air has been eliminated from water lines, close faucets. 5. Shutting off the last faucet should cause the pump to shut off. FRESH WATER FILL PLATE (Fra. 7.5.1) (A WATER FILL TRANSOM © COCKPIT STEPS SANITIZING THE WATER SYSTEM Although your dealer initially sanitizes the water system, if the system has not been used for a long period of time, or you suspect it may be contaminated, use a water treatment additive to sanitize the potable water system. Water treatment additives are available at marine/RV supply stores. If water treatment additives are not available, adhere to the following procedure for complete sanitation of your potable water system. f в 1. Prepare a chlorine solution using one (1) gallon of water and one (1) cup Clorox or Purex household bleach (5% Hypochlorite solution). With tank empty, pour chlorine solution into tank, using one (1) gallon solution for each sixty (60) gallons of tank capacity. 2. Complete filling of tank with fresh water. Open each faucet until air has been released and the entire system is filled. 3. Allow to stand for three (3) hours. 4. Drain and flush with potable fresh water. 5. To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor which might remain, prepare a solution of four (4) quarts of vinegar to twenty (20) gallons of water and allow this solution to agitate in the tank for several days by vehicle motion. 6. Drain tank and again flush with potable water. Replace water filter. B. WATER Pumps & FILTER The pump for the fresh water system is located aft of the master stateroom head (See figure 7.4.1) and can be reached through an access panel on the aft wall of the head. The pump activated by the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the salon 12VDC main distribution panel. A filter is situated on the input side of the pump to filter any particles that may have accumulated in the water tank. The filter should be checked and cleaned periodically. Before servicing the system, turn the FRESH WATER PUMP breakers OFF and release pressure on the system by opening a faucet. C. WATER SYSTEM PRESSURIZATION Water system pressure is regulated by a pneumatic accumulator bottle (See figure 7.4.1) located inline on the cold water outlet from the pump. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.5 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS The accumulator tank smooths water flow and reduces on/off cycling of the pumps by lessening the variation in pressure and flow between the pump and the outlets in the system. The even flow of water gives better control of hot water adjustment at the faucet. The reduced on/off cycling reduces noise from the pump motor, and from shock pressures (pipe hammer). It also reduces battery drain, and gives longer pump life. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. D. WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD The distribution manifold is located on the aft wall of the utility room, which is accessed by lifting the companionway steps leading to the galley. The manifold directs fresh water to the various equipment throughout the yacht. If away from the boat for an extended period of time It is suggested that you relieve the hose pressure of the fresh water system by turning OFF the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the DC main distribution panel and then opening a faucet on the boat. FRESH WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD (Fra. 7.6.1) (A) WATER MANIFOLD FROM WATER HEATER @ © WATERHEATER © TO WATER HEATER (E) FROM WATER TANK f FRESH WATER MANIFOLD (FIG. 7.6.2) (A) FROM HOT WATER HEATER TRANSOM SHOWER © MASTER HEAD SINK/SHOWER (©) GALLEY (E) GUEST HEAD SINK/SHOWER (E) WASHER (OPTIONAL) (E) TRANSOM SHOWER (H) WASHER (OPTIONAL) (1) GUEST HEAD SINK/SHOWER (J) GUEST HEAD TOILET (K) BILGE/COCKPIT (1) GALLEY (V) MASTER HEAD SINK/SHOWER (N) MASTER HEAD TOILET © TO WATER HEATER (P) FROM FRESH WATER TANK \. J REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. E. WATER HEATER The 11 gallon (41.6 liters) water heater is located on the port side of the utility room and can be accessed by lifting the galley companionway steps. The water heater is powered by a breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel located in the salon. The water heater has a check valve to prevent hot water from back-washing into the cold water source and a pressure relief valve to avoid damage to the heater from over pressure or excessive temperature. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS f BR Hot WATER HEATER (Fıc. 7.7.1) (A) WATER HEATER MANIFOLD INITIAL START-UP OR AFTER WINTERIZATION: 1. Make sure the WATER HEATER breaker on the 120VAC distribution panel is OFF. 2. Fill the heater with water. 3. Open the hot water faucets until all air is eliminated from the system. 4. Make certain the heater is full of water. COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE HEATING ELEMENTS WILL RESULT IF THEY ARE NOT COMPLETELY IMMERSED IN WATER AT ALL TIMES. 5. Turn the WATER HEATER breaker ON. To maintain water heater properly, drain whenever the possibility of freezing occurs and frequently inspect lines and connections for leaks. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 1 Make certain the hot water lines are air free, indicating the water heater is full. Damage will occur to water heater if it is not F. FRESH WATER WASHDOWN The 390 MY is equipped with three (3) fresh water spigots; one in the bilge located on the starboard Inboard stringer, one in the starboard bow locker and one in the cockpit wet bar. The washdowns come with a 12-foot hose and a strap for storage when not in use. The system uses water from the fresh water tank. The FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the salon 12VDC distribution panel must be ON to operate the system. G. DOCKSIDE WATER INLET The dockside water inlet, located on the port transom allows use of a dockside water source to provide water for the boat's fresh water system. WASHDOWN SPIGOT (Fıc. 7.7.2) (A) COCKPIT WET BAR STARBOARD BOW LOCKER © BILGE STARBOARD INBOARD STRINGER full when turned on. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.7 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS To USE THE SYSTEM: 1. Make sure the “FRESH WATER PUMP” breakers are OFF. 2. Remove the plug from the face of the dockside water inlet. DockSIDE WATER INLET (F1G6. 7.8.1) \. J 3. Connect a drinking water hose to the water outlet on the dock, then to the dockside water inlet on the boat and turn on the water at the dock. All fresh water faucets and showers are now usable. To disconnect the system, reverse the procedure, making sure the plug is reinstalled tightly. о ОО МОТ leave boat unattended with the dockside water hose connected. * Dockside water should be connected during periods of heavy water usage only. \. J H. TRANSOM SHOWER The transom shower has a hot and cold control and shower wand which are located in a receptacle on the port wall of the transom area. Squeeze the button on f = TRANSOM SHOWER the shower wand to dispense water and turn the knob to adjust water temperature. The FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the main distribution panel must be ON to operate the shower. I. GRAY WATER SUMP Your yacht is equipped with a gray water/condensate sump located between the port and starboard inboard stringers in the aft bilge. Gray water from the head systems, galley systems and air conditioner condensation drains into the sump through the common drain to be pumped overboard. The sump pump is fully automatic and protected by breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward bulkhead of the bilge. Periodically remove the clear cover, check and clean the pump and float switch. Check the pump and float switch for obstructions and proper working order. The sump pump comes on when there is enough water in the sump to raise the float switch and start the pump. If it does not come on after one or two gallons of water drain from the shower, turn the water off and check the pump and f = GRAY WATER SUMP a, AE (F16.7.83) > UD a Ye 7 "Y и. a iii TT UT (A) BILGE PUMP COMMON DRAIN (© FLOAT SWITCH ® sump ® FWD STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE INLET ® SUMP THRU-HULL DISCHARGE \. A 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS float switch for proper operation. After using the shower, it is recommended that you run a gallon of clean water through the shower drain to clean out soap residue. J. GRAY WATER DRAIN LINES Tthe Gray water from the head systems and galley systems plus the air conditioner condensation and raw water is carried to the sump or common drains by the gray water drain lines located throughout the boat. 5. HEAD SYSTEM The standard head system on your Sea Ray® Includes a holding tank with dockside pump-out and fluid level indicators, with a macerator and overboard discharge seacock available as an option. Below is a description of the head system and options. You should be aware of whether your boat is equipped with the optional overboard discharge system and read the section pertaining to it. The owner’s packet in your boat contains information pertaining to your head system that should be read carefully. A. REQUIREMENTS FOR VESSEL OPERATORS The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) standards state that in freshwater lakes, freshwater reservoirs or other freshwater impoundments whose inlets or outlets are such as to prevent the ingress or egress by vessel traffic subject to this regulation, or in rivers not capable of navigation by interstate vessel traffic subject to this regulation, marine sanitation devices certified by the U.S. Coast Guard installed on all vessels shall be designed and operated to prevent the overboard discharge of sewage, treated or untreated, or of any waste derived from sewage. The EPA standards further state that this shall not be construed to prohibit the carriage of Coast Guard-certified flow through treatment devices which have been secured so as to prevent such discharges. They also state that waters where a Coast Guard certified marine sanitation device GRAY WATER LINE ROUTING (F16.7.9.1) (A MID BILGE PUMP THRU-HULL DISCHARGE SUMP THRU-HULL DISCHARGE © sump ©) BILGE PUMP (® HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP (F) GUEST SHOWER DRAIN (Y) FWD BILGE PUMP (Y) GALLEY SINK DRAIN (1) COMMON DRAIN a © GUEST HEAD SINK DRAIN ® FWD STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE DRAIN N MASTER STATEROOM SINK DRAIN M FWD HEAD FLOOR DRAIN M MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER DRAIN (© MASTER STATEROOM HEAD FLOOR DRAIN (P) AFT BILGE PUMP (Q MASTER STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE DRAIN 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.9 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS permitting discharge is allowed include coastal waters and estuaries, the Great Lakes and interconnecting waterways, freshwater lakes and impoundments accessible through locks, and other flowing waters that are navigable interstate by vessels subject to this regulation (40 CFR 140.3). B. Vacu-FLusH* HEAD The Vacu-Flush® head utilizes the HEAD breakers on the DC distribution panel in the salon. Individual breakers on the DC distribution panel control the GUEST HEAD and MASTER HEAD. The foot pedal at the base of the toilet opens a mechanical seal and vacuum forces waste through the opening in the bowl to the vacuum generator, through the vacuum pump and then to the holding tank. To OPERATE VACU-FLUSH® HEAD: 1. Turn ON the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker. 2. Turn ON the HEAD SYSTEM breaker. 3. If there is no water in bowl, lift foot pedal until enough water fills the bowl. 4. To flush, depress foot pedal to floor until bowl Do not flush facial tissue, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head. Is clear. C. HOLDING TANK OPERATION Waste from the headis directed into the 54 gallon holding tank located in the forward bilge between the port and starboard inboard stringers. Holding tank fluid level indicators are located on the DC distribution panel in the salon and in each head. The indicators show FULL-DO NOT FLUSH, 1/2 and POWER. When the FULL-DO NOT FLUSH lightis on, the holding tank must be emptied before the head can be reused. However it would be a good practice to empty the holding tank when the 1/2 light is on to avoid overflowing the holding tank and ruining the vent filter. DOCKSIDE PUMP-OUT To empty the holding tank, the services of a dockside VACU-FLUSH? HEAD SYSTEM (Fic. 7.10.1) N (А) ue © — (A THRU-HULL VENT FWD STATEROOM HEAD © FOOT PEDAL (В) VENT FILTER (E) MACERATOR (OPTIONAL) (E) FWD STATEROOM VACU-FLUSH? @ MASTER STATEROOM VACU-FLUSH® (В) MASTER STATEROOM HEAD (1) MACERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL) D (D) HOLDING TANK (8) MANUAL DOCKSIDE PUMPOUT J 7.10 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS pump out station will be needed. Follow instructions at the station and make sure pump out station hose is inserted into the deck plate marked WASTE, located on the port side deck walkway If equipped, the holding tank can also be emptied by the optional macerator. See MACERATOR DISCHARGE PUMP in this section. D. VENT FILTER The ventfilter is designed to control odors associated with the head system operations. The vent filter is located on the engine room forward bulkhead. The filter must be changed at the beginning of each boating season to be effective. The vent filter is installed in-line on the holding tank ventilation hose. NOTE: Do not overfill the holding tank as this will flood the vent filter and render it useless. Filter replacement will then be required. See Parts Manual for correct replacement filter. 6. MACERATOR DISCHARGE Pump WITH SEACOCK INTERLOCK SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR AND DISCHARGE CONTROL (Fic. 7.11.1) WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL FULL-DO NOT FLUSH 1/2 EMPTY POWER NOTICE WITH SWITCH ON, INDICATOR ON - NORMAL INDICATOR OFF - CHECK SEACOCK DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY. E OWNERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES \. N INDIVIDUAL HEAD - WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR (F16.7.11.2) WASTE LEVEL POWER y FULL - DO 2 NOT FLUSH HoLDING TANK (F16.7.11.3) \"' . \ 4 (A HOLDING TANK (UNDER FLOOR) VENT FILTER (© MACERATOR (OPTIONAL) (© MASTER STATEROOM VACUUM GENERATOR (E) FWD STATEROOM VACUUM GENERATOR (E) MACERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL) \. ~~ AN À \ X % X re 4 4 ` a 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.11 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS If equipped, the optional macerator gives the boat operator the means of discharging the holding tank contents directly overboard through a seacock in the bottom of the hull. This is available in conjunction with the dockside pump out. Since direct overboard discharge is prohibited in many areas, the macerator seacock is normally closed. The macerator seacock is equipped with a system interlock f A NOTICE X This boat may be equipped with an optional overboard discharge valve. Discharging of sewage directly overboard is for use where approved only. NOTICE There is the possibility of being fined for having an operable overboard discharge in U.S. waters. Removing handle of seacock while in closed position, or other means must be utilized to avoid fine. Na J switch which prevents the operation of the macerator when the macerator seacock is closed. The light on the MACERATOR switch on the DC Distribution Panel MACERATOR (OPTIONAL) (16. 7.12.1) NP (A) MACERATOR (OPTIONAL) MACERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL) (C) HOLDING TANK will be lighted when the macerator is operational. If the light is not lighted, it is visual confirmation the macerator seacock is closed and that the macerator cannot be operated. Check that the macerator seacock handle is in the open position and the light on the switch is lighted before operating the macerator. To OPERATE THE MACERATOR: 1. Turn ON the DISCHARGE PUMP breaker on the salon DC distribution panel and open the waste discharge seacock located on the bilge floor (See Fig. 7.10.1 for seacock location). 2. Operate DISCHARGE switch under the WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL area on the main distribution panel. 3. When tank is empty, release the switch and close waste discharge seacock. MAINTENANCE Prior to each use and at regularly scheduled Intervals, cycle the macerator seacock handle open and shut to ensure proper operation of the seacock. 7.12 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 7. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM The 390 MY is equipped with a land-line telephone in the forward stateroom, the salon and the master stateroom. These phones can be operated when dockside and hooked up to the dockside telephone hookup. A. DOCKSIDE TELEPHONE HOOKUP The dockside telephone hookup is located on the port transom. A fifty foot shore cord with waterproof connectors is supplied. DocKSIDE TELEPHONE AND TV Hookup (FG. 7.13.1) (A DOCKSIDE TELEPHONE HOOKUP DOCKSIDE TV HOOKUP N. J TO CONNECT TELEPHONE SYSTEM: 1. lift cover plate. 2. Connect shore cord to dock telephone inlet and then to the boat inlet. 3. Telephone system is now operational. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 8. ENTERTAINMENT CENTERS A. SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER The salon entertainment center consists of a 20" television/VCR/radio combination with remote located in a cabinet in the aft salon. A stereo system with CD changer (DVD - optional) and digital remote control & selector switch for cockpit entertainment is located below the TV. The CABIN MAIN and CABIN STEREO MEMORY on the main distribution panel breaker must be ON to operate the systems. Note: The television/VCR and stereo systems are plugged into a surge suppression power strip located behind the entertainment center. B. FORWARD STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT (OPTIONAL) If equipped the forward stateroom entertainment center consists of a 13” television/VCR/radio combination with remote control. C. MASTER STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT The master stateroom entertainment center consists of a 13” television/VCR/radio combination with remote control. D. COCKPIT ENTERTAINMENT The cockpit entertainment consists of a set of speakers connected to the salon stereo system. The speakers can be activated and controlled by the remote stereo control in the salon or on the starboard side of the control station E. DOCKSIDE TELEVISION HOOKUP For television reception dockside, attach the dockside television cable to the inlet located on the port transom (See figure 7.13.1). TO CONNECT CABLE TELEVISION: 1. Lift cover plate. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.13 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 2. Screw the TV coax cable into the TV cable connector (See figure 7.13.1). 3. Run the cable to the dockside receptacle and screw coax cable into receptacle. F. TV SIGNAL SELECTOR The antenna/cable selector panel is located above the AC main distribution panel in the aft salon. Turn the selector to MAX GAIN for onboard TV antenna reception. Turn the selector to SHORE for dockside cable reception. f A TV SIGNAL SELECTOR (FIG. 7.14.1) Их | 6 _® Sud o CNN SOME, ~~ J N \. A REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 9. AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER The 390 MY is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system located aft of the engines on the bulkhead. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head will release the extinguishant as a vapor, totally flooding the area in fire-killing concentrations. AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER (F16. 7.14.2) AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER A. GASOLINE ENGINE Boats The system indicator light, located on the control station switch panel, indicates to the helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under normal circumstances, when the engines are operating, the charge indicator light is ON. If the unit discharges, the charge light will indicate OFF. = f AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER INDICATOR LIGHT (Fig. 7.14.3) AUTOMATIC EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM - LIGHT ON - UNIT CHARGED >. LIGHT OFF - UNIT DISCHARGED 3, - IF SYSTEM DISCHARGES SHUT DOWN ENGINES, BLOWERS AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. VENT WINDSHIEY 1D © STBO port (PERS WHEN ACTUATION OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT!!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO THE FIRE AND FLASHBACK COULD OCCUR. Allow the extinguishant to “soak” the compartment for at least fifteen (15) minutes and for hot metals or fuels to cool before cautiously inspecting for cause of damage. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready. Do not breathe fumes or vaporscaused by the fire. B. DIESEL ENGINE BOATS The system indicator and switch module (ENGINE SHUTDOWN AND OVERRIDE SYSTEM) located at the control station is wired to the ignition and turned ON when ignition is turned ON. The CHARGE and DISCHARGE indicator lights, indicate to the helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under normal circumstances, when the ignition is ON the 7.14 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS f A DIESEL AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER INDICATOR (Fıc. 7.15.1) HARGE DISCHARG Engine Shutdown Override System Na A CHARGE indicator light ¡a ON. If the unit discharges, the CHARGE light will go OFF and the DISCHARGE light will turn ON. The system incorporates an engine shutdown switch with override system. When the system discharges it will shut down the engines. After the engine room has been inspected and it has been determined safe and you are ready to restart the engines, activate the OVERRIDE switch on the ENGINE SHUTDOWN OVERRIDE SYSTEM, then restart the engines. C. MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISING SYSTEM Located at the control station, the manual fire extinguisher system allows the operator to manually activate the automatic extinguisher in the engine room. Early detection and use of the manual override system will reduce fire damage by MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM (F1G6.7.15.2) eliminating the time necessary for heat in the engine room to rise to a temperature necessary to activate the automatic fire extinguisher. To OPERATE; 1. Pull pin securing the handle. 2. Pull red FIRE handle quickly and briskly. SAFETY PIN THE SAFETY PIN MUST BE REMOVED AFTER CABLE S-HOOK & ATTACHMENT PIN ARE INSTALLED. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT \. J IN INABILITY TO MANUALLY OPERATE SYSTEM. | Na The safety pin, located at the neck of the extinguisher bottle in the engine room is for shipping and transfer of the bottle only. The pin MUST be removed in order to manually operate the system. This pin should be removed upon installation of the system. Ensure that this has been done. The manual system will not function unless the safety pin has been removed from the fire extinguisher bottle. | ENGINE ROOM FIRE EXTINGUISHER (Fra. 7.15.3) NOTE: THE MANUAL SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE IF SAFETY PIN IS INSTALLED. \. J D. HAND HELD EXTINGUISHERS A hand held extinguisher is located on the inboard side of the control station companion seat. The extinguisher should be checked frequently and 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.15 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS recharged as necessary. the American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC) recommends that you have three (3) Type B-1 ABC fire extinguishers on board, one each located at the helm station and outside the engine compartment and in the galley. NOTE: Inspect extinguishers monthly to ensure that: * Seals and tamper indicators are not broken or missing. * Pressure gauges or indicators read in the operable range. (CO, extinguishers do not have gauges) There is no obvious physical damage, corrosion, leakage or clogged nozzles. Weigh extinguishers annually to assure that the minimum weight is as stated on the extinguisher label. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 10. UTILITY Room Access to the water manifold, battery chargers, water heater, optional washer/dryer combo, forward bilge pump, bow thruster and thruster oil reservoir, and forward storage can be obtained by raising the galley companionway steps. f = UTILITY ROOM (FIG. 7.16.1) 11. Bow THRUSTER (OPTIONAL) The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow. The bow thruster motor is located under the forward f A Bow THRUSTER (Fıc. 7.16.2) AL > —_— == === Ч ———Ñ;Éi;;——] o — —]— —]—] WATER LINE BOW THRUSTER — \. J Bow THRUSTER (116. 7.16.3) (5) BOW THRUSTER MOTOR BOW THRUSTER OIL RESERVOIR BOTTLE \. J steps in the utility room. An oil reservoir bottle for the bow thruster is located on the aft wall of the utility room. Periodically check the oil reservoir and top off if necessary. The 24V BOW THRUSTER switch which supplies power to the bow thruster is located on the control station switch panel (See figure 2.8.2) and the joy stick with station enabled indicator ligh which is used to direct the bow thruster is located at the helm (See figure 2.7.2). The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker protects the motor from overheating. When the thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will not operate and must be allowed to cool down for normal operation. 7.16 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS | Bow THRUSTER O1L RESERVOIR & BATTERY CHARGER (Fic. 7.17.1) ® (A BOW THRUSTER OIL RESERVOIR BOTTLE BATTERY CHARGER © 150 AMP FUSE © soLENOID © GALLEY STEPS = J REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 12. REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER The galley refrigerator/freezer is supplied power by the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel. To operate dockside, connect the shore power system, turn the MAIN breaker(s) ON. Then turn the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the AC main distribution panel and the switch on the bottom of the unit ON. А. COCKPIT ICE MAKER The cockpit ice maker is located on the starboard side of the cockpit wet bar. The STBD SYSTEMS breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panelpowers the unit. | CockPIT ICE MAKER (F16.7.17.2) ICE MAKER (INSIDE CABINET) \. J REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION 13. COFFEE MAKER The drip coffee maker located in a cabinet above the stove in the galley operates on the 120 volt system. It is powered by the GALLEY SYSTEMS breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel which must be ON to operate the coffee maker. To keep the coffee maker operating efficiently, the mineral deposits left by water must be flushed out using the cleaning method described in the instruction booklet. f в Tun off coffee maker before closing cabinet doors. Failure to do so may result in damage to | the coffee maker or cabinet. J REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.17 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 14. STOVE & MICROWAVE A. ELECTRIC STOVE The STOVE breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel located in the aft port of the salon supplies power to the stove and must be ON to operate the stove. The stove has two (2) burners with control knobs to provide a variation of heat. A stove cover is provided to cover the burners when not in use. A power safety switch is installed on the cover recess. When the stove cover is installed it depresses the switch turning power OFF to the stove control knobs. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. B. MICROWAVE/CONVECTION OVEN The microwave/convection oven is located in the cabinet next to the refrigerator/freezer. The 120VAC MICROWAVE breaker on the AC main distribution panel supplies power to the microwave and must be ON to operate the unit. NOTE: Turn on the galley power ventilation system when operating the convection oven. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 15. POWER VENTILATION SYSTEM The power ventilation system removes stagnant & foul air from the master stateroom head, galley and guest head by means of 24 volt exhaust fans. They are powered by the POWER VENTS breaker on the DC main distribution panel in the salon and individually turned on and off by the power vent switch in the heads and the galley (See pages 2.21 & 2.22 for location of vent switch). 16. CENTRAL VACUUM (OPTIONAL) | CENTRAL VACUUM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) (FIG. 7.18.1) (® VACUUM CLEANER SALON COMPANIONWAY \. J The central vacuum unit is located under the salon companionway steps. The STBD SYSTEMS breaker must be ON to operate the system. The 24 foot hose is stored under the port salon sofa. The hose connects to the central vacuum through the hose inlet which is located on the port side of the salon companionway steps. The built in switch on the hose inlet fittings activate the vacuum when the hose is inserted. The disposable bag is located under the removable panel on the top of the vacuum unit. 17. WASHER & DRYER (OPTIONAL) The washer/dryer is a stacked front load washing and drying combination unit located in the utility room on the portside. The unit can be accessed by lifting the galley companionway steps. The unit operates on the 120VAC WASHER/DRYER breaker on the AC main distribution panel. The washer/dryer is connected to hot and cold water shutoff valves on the water manifold located on the aft bulkhead in the utility room (See figure 7.5.2). 7.18 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS | WASHER/DRYER (OPTIONAL) (FiG. 7.19.1) ek | (A WASHER/DRYER \\ GALLEY COMPANIONWAY Na A The supply valves should be on only when the unit IS being used. REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 18. SHORE POWER Two (2) 50’ shore power cords are supplied and stored in the transom storage cabinet on the aft transom. For operation see Section 3-Using Your Boat, page 3.8. A. MAINTENANCE FOR SHORE POWER CABLE SET & SHORE POWER INLETS The metallic parts of your cable set and inlet are made to resist corrosion. In salt water environment, life of the product can be increased by periodically wiping the exposed parts with fresh water, drying and spraying with a moisture repellent. A soiled cable can be cleaned with grease-cutting household detergent. A periodic application of vinyl protector will help both ends and cable maintain their original appearance. In case of salt water spray or immersion: Rinse plug end and/or connector end thoroughly in fresh water, shake or blow out excess water and allow to dry. Spray with a moisture repellent before reuse. 19. EXPANDABLE SALON SOFA The starboard sofa in the salon can be expanded by pulling out the seating area to accomodate additional overnight guests. After pulling the seating unit out fully, place the additional cushions stored under the port seating area. SALON SOFA (F16.7.19.2) (A ADDITIONAL CUSHIONS (STORED UNDER THE PORT SALON SEATING) 20. EXPANDABLE BUNK The starboard bunk in the forward stateroom can be expanded to accomodate two persons by pulling on the bunk edge. Place cushions, stored in the cabinets under the bunk, on the back edge of the bunk to complete the transition. 21. HORN The horn, located in the starboard bow chain locker Is protected by a breaker on the control station breaker panel which can be accessed through the door underneath the helm. The compressor bottle | HORN (Fra. 7.19.3) COMPRESSOR BOTTLE © CHAIN LOCKER BULKHEAD \. J 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.19 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS for the horn is located on the aft side of the chain locker bulkhead in the gunwale cabinet. To activate the horn, depress the HORN switch on the control station switch panel. Horn (F16. 7.20.1) \. J 22. CANVAS It is recommended that you read Section 1e Safety, pages 1.2 thru 1.4 and understand the effects of exhaust emissions. A. CARE & MAINTENANCE Care and maintenance instructions have been provided by the canvas manufacturer for the canvas used on your Sea Ray®. The information can be found in the Owner's Manual Packet. By following the provided instructions, your canvas set will give you protection from the elements and comfort that you expect. Most of all, the instructions provide you with installation and removal procedures that will simplify the task. Components of your canvas set consist of zipper tracks and snaps. These components can be found in the parts manual located in the Owner’s Manual Packet. B. STORAGE: Do not fold or store any of the canvas set pieces while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place. e For clear vinyl pieces, rolling or laying down flat are the recommended methods for storage. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protectthe clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces, or rolled up in it. If the surface of your clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet in your Owner's Manual Packet. C. INSTALLATION TIPS: The zippers attached on the hardtop and cockpit overhead are mounted on a zipper track. Once Installed, do not remove these zippers or zipper tracks. When attaching any of the pieces of the canvas set, attach the top edges first and zip the zippers only partially. This helps to hold the piece in place and relieves tension, helping the other sides to Zip or snap easier. After all of the sides of the piece are secure, finish Zipping the top of each piece. This will ensure a tight fit. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 7.20 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 23. FLOOR PLAN INTERIOR (F16.7.21.1) Na —— yy, (4) V-BERTH STARBOARD BUNK (EXPANDABLE) (©) V-BERTH TV/VCR (D) GALLEY STOVE (Е) GALLEY SINK (©) COFFEE MAKER (G) REFRIGERATOR (H) MICROWAVE GALLEY STEPS (LIFT TO ACCESS UTILITY ROOM) (J) SALON CONVERTIBLE COUCH (K) SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER (D) AFT STATEROOM TV/VCR (M) AFT STATEROOM SHOWER (N) AFT STATEROOM VANITY (©) AFT STATEROOM (P) AFT STATEROOM HEAD (Q) AFT STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET (R) AFT STATEROOM STEPS (S) MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELS (7) PORT SALON COUCH (0) WASHER DRYER (IN UTILITY ROOM) (V) FWD SHOWER (W) FWD HEAD (X) FWD VANITY (Ÿ) V-BERTH HANGING CLOSET (2) V-BERTH PORT BUNK 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 7.21 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS FLOOR PLAN GENERAL DecK LAYOUT (Fra. 7.22.1) (4) ANCHOR CHUTE WINDLASS (C) DECK HATCH (D) STARBOARD NAV LIGHT (E) ELECTRIC VENT WINDOW (F) CONTROL STATION (G) STARBOARD FUEL TANK FILL (H) PORT FUEL TANK FILL (1) CAPTAIN'S CHAIR (J) STARBOARD DECK ACCESS DOOR (KX) COCKPIT WET BAR W / ICE MAKER (D) WATER TANK FILL (M) SWIM LADDER (N) DOCKSIDE WATER INLET (©) TRANSOM SHOWER (P) SHORE POWER PLUG (Q) TV/TELEPHONE INLET (R) COCKPIT SEATING (S) PORT DECK ACCESS DOOR (T) WASTE PUMP-OUT (U) PORT NAV LIGHT (V) WINDLASS REMOTE FOOT PEDALS (W) SPOTLIGHT J 7.22 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Routine inspection, service and maintenance of your boat's systems are vital to assure your safety, as well as for prolonging the life of your boat. You should develop regular routines for inspecting your boat. The chart below summarizes inspection, service and maintenance activities. This section also contains descriptions of some convenient methods for evaluating the condition of some of your boat's systems. The interval between necessary service or maintenance is highly variable, depending on the environment your boat is in, and on the severity of operating conditions. For example, corrosion of parts on boats operated in salt water proceeds much faster than the corrosion of parts on a boat operated in fresh water. The intervals listed below are recommended maximums, and you must reduce the time between inspections if your observations indicate the need. 1. SUMMARY GUIDE For INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Battery Check water level Owners Manual p. 6.1 ° ° Bilge Area Clean and check Owner's Manual p. 9.2 Bilge Blowers Hose connections tight Owners Manual p. 4.2 ° Bilge Pump Float switch operates freely | Owner's Manual p. 4.1 Canvas Clean Owners Manual p. 9.3 As Needed Controls Steering Check for proper operation To be done by Sea Ray dealer every six months Power steering oil level Engine Manual ° Throttle Lubricate. Include all shift Engine Manual . . linkage and pivot points Electrical Connections Check for looseness To be done by Sea Ray dealer annually GFCI (120V) Outlet Check for operation Owners Manual p. 6.12 Engine Alarm Check Engine Manual ° Cooling System Check for leaks Engine Manual ° Connections with engine running Crankcase Clean Engine Manual ° ° ventilating system Drive belts Check Engine Manual ° Exhaust System Check for leaks Engine Manual ° ° ° Flame Arrestor Clean Engine Manual ° ° Fuel Filter Replace Engine Manual ° Mounts (Fasteners) | Tighten Engine Manual ° Oil and Filter Replace Engine Manual ° Oil Level Check Engine Manual ° Fuel System Connections & Lines |Check for leaks Engine Manual ° ° ° Tanks Check for leaks Owners Manual, Section 5 ° ° ° Water Separating Replace Engine Manual ° Fuel Filter *Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE SUMMARY GUIDE FOR INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Propeller Inspect for Always after object Seaworthiness drain Installed and Hull damage Check for loose, damaged Always after striking object or Topside & Supplies Check for loose, damaged Owners Manual p. 8.5 or missing parts Transmission Oil Strainer Screen Clean To be done Sea dealer Trim Tabs Zincs Transom Check and replace as Owner's Manual р. 6.13 Every 25 hours of operation needed Trim Tabs Check fluid level Trim Tab Manual Every 25 hours of operation *Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals 8.2 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 2. USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION OWNER HOME PORT BOAT NAME REGISTRATION NUMBER STATE HULL SERIAL NUMBER WARRANTY REGISTRATION DATE ENGINE MAKE 8: MODEL SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD GEAR MAKE 8 REDUCTION RATIO SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD PROPELLER SIZE PORT STARBOARD PART NUMBER PORT STARBOARD SHAFT SIZE (DIAMETER X LENGTH) MATERIAL FUEL CAPACITY PORT TANK STARBOARD WATER CAPACITY KEY NUMBER, IGNITION DOOR SELLING DEALER CITY & STATE LENGTH BEAM DRAFT VERTICAL CLEARANCE ESTIMATED WEIGHT GENERATOR SERIAL # MODEL # KILOWATTS 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 8.3 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 3. INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE PROTOCOL A. BILGE AREA Many of your boat's systems have critical features located in the bilge area. Athorough and organized inspection of the bilge area will address many of these critical features. For example, engine oil leaks and fuel system leaks will show themselves as contamination on the surface of the liquid that remains in the bilge. When you see such contamination, you should look for its source. Once or twice a year, pump the bilge areas dry and remove all loose dirt. Be sure that all the limber holes are open. Limber holes are the openings in the stringers that allow water to flow from the outboard areas of the bilge to the bilge sump. Check the bilge pump float switch by moving it manually. (Figure 4.1.3) The bilge pump should start when the float switch is raised and should stop when lowered. If it does not, first try resetting the bilge pump breakers, if the pump will still not run replace the float switch before using your boat. The float switch should also move freely without sticking, if it does not, have it serviced or replaced before boating. DO NOT USE FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS to clean any part of the bilge. Fumes can accumulate and can be the source of an explosion. 1. Оп. If there is oil contamination, look for leaks in engine oil lines and engine gaskets. If parts of the bilge have been stained by oil, the stain can be removed using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marine store. 2. ENGINE Engine failure or malfunction, when away from shore, can be dangerous. Make certain you do the following each time you use the boat: * Wipe off the engine to remove accumulated dust, grease and oil. * Check all exposed nuts, bolts and screws for tightness. e Inspect the belts for wear. If they do not require replacement, check and adjust the belt tension according to the engine manufacturer's recommendation. * Inspect engine wiring, and clean and tighten the terminals on the engine electrical system. e (Clean and lubricate the battery cables. * Add distilled water to the battery cells as needed. Refer to your Engine Operator's Manual for additional engine maintenance requirements. 3. FUEL SYSTEM Inspect the entire fuel system for evidence of leakage, including the fuel tank fill lines and vents. Any stain around a joint could be an indication of a leak. Test all fittings with a wrench to be sure they are not loose, but do not forcefully overtighten the fittings. * Clean fuel filters and vent screens. Work on electrical wiring can create shock hazards or sparks. Always shut off battery switch, breakers and/or pull fuses before checking electrical wiring or connectors. N J 8.4 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 4. WIRING SYSTEM Check all wiring for proper support. Check all wiring insulation for signs of fraying or chafing. e (Check all terminals for corrosion - corroded terminals and connectors should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil. 5. FITTINGS, HOSES AND CLAMPS Inspect the entire bilge area for evidence of damage or deterioration. Evidence of deterioration will first appear around hull fittings, hoses and clamps. e Straighten kinked hoses. Replace any hose that does not feel pliable. * Check all hose clamps for tightness and corrosion. Corroded clamps must be replaced. e (Check the nuts, bolts and screws that retain equipment, hoses, etc. in the bilge for tightness and corrosion. Corroded fasteners must be replaced. B. TOPSIDE AND SUPPLIES Once a year, you should undertake a thorough review of the topside equipment, as well as of the critical safety supplies on your boat. * Check cleats, rings, rails, etc. for loose or corroded fasteners, breaks, sharp edges or other conditions that could lead to malfunction or unsafe use. Repair or replace as necessary. e Inspect PFDs (life jackets) for tears and deterioration. * Make certain you have enough PFDs on board for the maximum number of persons you can carry. e Check your first aid kit, making certain it is complete and that the items in it have not passed an expiration date. Check the signaling equipment and emergency flares. Make sure all items are within their expiration dates. * Inspect the anchor, mooring and towing lines. Repair or replace as required. e Check fire extinguishers for full charge. 4. WINTERIZATION CHECKLIST FOR BoATs STORED ON LAND A. BOAT STORAGE e Store boat in a bow high attitude. e Remove hull drain plug. e Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/ antifreeze mixture in each bilge pump sump.. B. ENGINES Flush engines with fresh water. * Remove engine drain plugs. REFER TO YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING THE ENGINES FOR STORAGE AND WINTERIZATION. C. BATTERY(IES) e Remove from boat. Remove the negative (-) cable first, then the positive (+) cable. * Remove grease and dirt from top surface. (Grease terminal bolts. e Store on wooden pallet or thick plastic in a cool dry place. Do not store on concrete. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 8.5 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Keep under a trickle charge. When placing battery back into service, remove excess grease from terminals, recharge as necessary and reinstall in boat. D. HEAD SYSTEM e Flush entire system thoroughly with fresh water. Pump out holding tank. * Remove water line from inlet fitting located on back bottom half of water valve on head. Flush one gallon (four liters) antifreeze mixed with one gallon (four liters) of water through toilet and let vacuum pump run for one or two minutes. e Shut WATER SYSTEM breaker OFF. Pump out holding tank. E. WATER SYSTEM * Turn ÓN the WATER SYSTEM switch. Open water faucet, let system drain completely. e Turn OFF the WATER SYSTEM switch. * Water must be removed from the water lines with air pressure or flushed with a nontoxic antifreeze. Using pressurized air to remove water from water lines: * You must have an air compressor with air hose and air nozzle. * Remove water hoses from water pump. e Alternate opening one faucet at a time to make sure water is removed from each line. Blow air through the water lines removed from the water pump. NOTE: When blowing air be careful not to blow air with all faucets closed. System could be damaged by overpressurization and create water leaks. e (Cover hose ends with screen or broad weave cloth and tape in place to keep out dirt and bugs. USING NONTOXIC WINTERIZING ANTIFREEZE: Purchase a nontoxic winterizing antifreeze for fresh water systems from a marine or RV supply retailer. With all water pumped out of the system add nontoxic antifreeze to the water tank. Pour in enough to be pumped to all faucets and showers. * Close all faucets and turn on water system. * (Open one faucet at a time. Close faucet when nontoxic antifreeze comes out of faucet. e Afterall faucets and showers have been treated, open all faucets and pump out remaining nontoxic antifreeze. WATER HEATER WINTERIZATION e Refer to your water heater Owner's Manual for detailed information on preparing water heater for storage and winterization. F. FUEL SYSTEMS (GASOLINE: e Fill fuel tank with gasoline and the recommended amount of stabilizer and conditioner such as “Stabil®”. Run engine(s) for ten minutes to ensure that all gasoline in the carburetor and fuel lines are treated. 8.6 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE DIESEL * Fill fuel tank with diesel and recommended amount of biocide, “Biobor”, which prevents bacteria and fungi from contaminating diesel fuel that contains some water. * Diesel fuel should also get a petroleum distillate additive, such as “Stabil® or Racor? RX100”. This will absorb water in the fuel and prevent freezing problems. e Run engine(s) for ten minutes to ensure that all diesel fuel in injectors and fuel lines is treated. DETAILED WINTERIZING, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION ARE PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND CAN BE FOUND IN THE OWNER’S PACKET. Do not overfill. Filling a tank until the fuel flows from vents is dangerous. Allow room for expansion. 5. FITTING OUT AFTER STORAGE A. FUEL SYSTEM Check the entire fuel system for loose connections, worn hoses, leaks, etc. and repair. This is a primary safety precaution. Check fuel lines for damage and make sure that they do not come in contact with any moving parts. B. BATTERY (IES) Before installing the batteries, clean the terminal posts with a wire brush or steel wool and then attach the cables. After the cable clamps are tightened, smear the post and clamps with vaseline or grease to exclude air and acid. Do not apply grease before attaching and tightening the terminal clamps. Examine all wiring. C. MISCELLANEOUS e Check all thru-hull fittings for unobstructed water passage. Be alert for any deteriorated hoses and/or fittings below the water line which might fail in service and admit water. e Test the navigation lights. e Check all wiring for loose connections. e Check all switches and equipment for proper operation. e Check bilge blowers for proper operation. Turn ON blowers and place hand over hull blower vent to make sure air is coming from vent. * Anchor lines and gear should be inspected and replaced if necessary. * Make sure the hull drain plug is in place and tight. e (Clean bilge thoroughly if it was not done at lay-up. * Check all engine fluid levels. Check fuel lines for damage and/or leaks. Make sure that they do not come into contact with moving parts. 6. SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS Be conscious of the security of your boat. Always remove the keys from the ignition, lock hatches, lock the cabin door, remove and stow any removable electronic gear (fishfinders, GPS, etc.) and personal gear (fishing poles, etc.) normally left aboard your boat. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 8.7 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 7. SEACOCK LUBRICATION * With boat out of water, remove the hose from top of the seacock. Put seacock handle in closed position. Add a few drops of lubricating oil inside. * Work handle back and forth a few times. Add oil as needed. * Replace hose and tighten clamp. Add afew drops of oil to the handle pivot point. N | SEACOCK (FIG. 8.8.1) SEACOCK HANDLE HOSE HOSE CLAMPS SEACOCK BODY dSO 19 PIVOT POINT 8. ENGINE OIL CHANGE SYSTEM A. GAS To change the oil in your boat equipped with standard gas propulsion: 1. Remove oil fill cap. (To allow ventilation) 2. Remove dipstick. 3. Have enough empty containers at hand to hold all of the used oil. 4. Insert oil pump into dipstick. 5. Pump used oil into empty containers. When all of the used oil has drained out of the engine(s) reinsert the oil dipstick and fill engine with fresh oil through the oil filler cap. A. DIESEL (OPTIONAL) Follow the oil exchange instructions found in Section 4 - Bilge and Underwater Equipment, page 4.5. In each case follow the intervals and oil change instructions provided by the engine manufacturer. REFER TO THE ENGINE OWNER'S MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 8.8 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 9. Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray® Sport Boat, you are responsible for the safe operation your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order. A. BOARDING THE BOAT* GENERAL Weather ConditioONS eK Is it going to be safe to go out 2. Transom Drain PIUQ eK Installed 3. PFDs and all other Coast Guard required safety equipment ……..….…..…..…….…..…….………………… Available for all children and adults 4. |gnition keys …..…....…...…….......ccsrcesserenerenserense cn nere0 se Available 5. TOO = To ) QU Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Bilge Pumps .................. 0222200000 KR K EEK K KERN Working. Discharge any appreciable amounts of water overboard 2. BIOWErS ..…..................ncrcecssrres cernes esrr es err era creer Working. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor 3. Navigation Lights …...….....….....……...rrerecssecreneeeccnnere Working. Have spare bulbs (and if applicable fuses) aboard 4. Radio/Electronics ……....…….......…...rrrecesessencensere Working 5. HOM cen Working 6. THM TADS cco ere Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding 7. Fresh Water Tank... Filled and sanitized 8. Head System Holding Tank... Empty 9. SeacCocks...................eeeerecercrecoeneeceereeceneseteneae eee Generator Open (handle parallel to hose), Head System Holding Tank Closed (handle perpendicular to hose) ENGINE 1. Batteries ....ccooovviiii K RER KR RRKKEEEHG Fully charged (Check water cell levels) 2. Fuel Tank ee K RER KR RK ER REKEN Filled with recommended fuel 3. Fuel System .................eeeeecrccerrcececerrreeneeeeeeeeeee. Check for leaks 4. Fuel Filters ......cooooiiii DA Check that filters are clean and tight 5. Diesel Racor Fuel Filters .......................—..__—— Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water 6. Engine Coolant Drain Plugs Secured 7. Steering Fluid …..............……ccrrrreececrerra cc srs rence Full 8. Throttle á Gearshift Controls Test..................———... Full range of motion *Note: If trailering boat, many of these items should be checked before leaving the house. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 8.9 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) B. PREPARING TO DEPART AND AFTER LAUNCHING GENERAL 1. Bilge/Engine Compartment .............cccceei vive. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers for at least four (4) minutes. 2. Shore Power Cable esse Disconnected from dockside power inlet 3. Lines, Fenders and AnChOF ee Ready for use 4. Passengers/Crew .……....….....…...…crrerccrera ces cac ssaancn ee Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size PFD ENGINE 1. Battery Switches ........ccooiiiiiiii In the ON position 2. Fuel Valves (Diesel Only) ..........................=ee... Opens 3. Engine Alarm... erre Test. Should sound after a few seconds 4. Gear Shift 8% Throttle Controls .....................—....... In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions STARTING THE ENGINE* 1. Gearshift á Throttle Controls.......................———.—.——.—.. Shift in NEUTRAL (Refer to your Engine Owner's Manual for startup procedures for your specific engine) 2. |gnition ooo ERKREKRERKRRKRERKRKEERKRKEEKHG Turn master ignition keys on DC distribution panel to the ON position. Depress ignition switch on the helm switch panel to START position until engine starts, then release to RUN position (light on). IMPORTANT: Do not continue to operate starter for more than 10 seconds without pausing to allow starter motor to cool off for 2 minutes. This also will allow the battery to recover between starting attempts.” Do not run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. *If engine fails to start, refer to the Engine Owner's Manual for further troubleshooting procedures 8.10 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) C. WHILE UNDERWAY GENERAL 1. Passengers/CreWw ....................—rreeíreeerrcenrrrer DD Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible 2. Lines, Fenders and Anchor... Stowed BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Trim Tabs coe, Bring boat to “On Plane”. Adjust as neccessary 2. Navigation Lights ........ccoooiiii en, On at night or in reduced visibility ENGINE 1. Tachometers ....................... K AA Engines operating in safe RPM range 2. Engine Gauges.................—..e..eieeeeenerre KR Continually monitor 3. Engine Operation .......................eeeeeeie eee, Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway D. RETURNING TO PORT GENERAL 1. Passengers/Crew ....................eeeeeeieereenerree DA Instructed in duties for line handling 2. Lines and Fenders..................._.eee.eeeeerrereceree A. Ready for use BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Navigation Lights .......ccc.ooiii A Turned OFF when secured 2. Anchor Light …....…......…....…..srereesesere ses r ere s een ON if necessary 3. Bilge/Engine Compartment …….......….….....………...……………. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary ENGINE 1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls.…..…..…….....…….…..….……………. Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions 2. Tachometers ..……..….......…...…...….rcsrrccecereresee seen secure Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 8.11 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) 3. Ignition ee, Depress ENGINE STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down. 4. Engine Operation .........................eeeieieei eee Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises E. SECURING THE BOAT GENERAL 1. Shore Power Cable as re Connected to dockside power inlet 2. Lines and Fenders.…...…..…..…..……...…...…..……rresecseenseences Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock BOAT SYSTEMS US CE Closed (handle perpendicular to hose) 2. Helm Switch Panel es re All switches in the OFF position 3. Gearshift á Throttle Controls ...................—._._... In the NEUTRAL and IDLE positions ENGINE 1. Ignition ….…....….......……ecrercrerearere ser e rene racer ne nee Switched in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel 2. Battery Switches ee EEE In the OFF position 1. Fuel Valves (Diesel Only) ee Closed (handle perpendicular to hose) F. IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START No STARTER MOTOR RESPONSE 1. Check gearshift/throttle control levers in the NEUTRAL positions Check battery condition for sufficient charge Check battery cable connections tight and free from corrosion Check battery switches in the ON position Check starter motor and solenoid connections о со К © № Check ignition switch connections STARTER MOTOR RESPONDS, BUT NO IGNITION 1. Check that fuel tanks are not empty 2. Check fuel filters and filter/water separators clean 3. Check electrical connections on engine wiring harness and ignition wiring 8.12 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) G. OPERATING THE GENERATOR STARTING THE GENERATOR 1. Generator SeacoCk..................e.eeíieeeeeerceneereee ee KEG Open 2. Bilge BIOWEIS ......oviiiii ass rennes rennes Run for at least 4 minutes and any time the generator is running 3. Depress PREHEAT/ON .......cccoooiiiiiiii eee, Preheat time should not exceed 30 seconds 4. Depress START/RUN Switch ...............eeeeeeeeeeeeeeree_s Depress until generator starts 5. When the Generator Starts... Release the START switch only continue holding PREHEAT/ ON for a few seconds) 6. Load The Generator ................... ee... eee, Turn ÓN the generator main breaker on the Main Distribution Panel. Turn AC breakers ON STOPPING THE GENERATOR 1. Breakers o.oo, Turn AC breakers OFF. Turn OFF the generator main breaker on the Main Distribution Panel 2. GeneratOf eK RER REERKRR RER KR EERK RR ER KRK EEE Let it run a few minutes to cool down 3. STOP SWItCh cco, Depress to stop the generator set Do not run the generator or engines in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 10. AFTER MARKET EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST Any safety or operational equipment added to your boat after delivery should be checked for seaworthyness and proper working condition. Use the area below to list any equipment and the proper operating condition of that equipment before getting underway. Equipment Proper Operating Condition 8.14 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 11. MAINTENANCE LoG Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 1 á 2 of this section and keep a record of this and ALL maintenance performed on your boat. Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 8.15 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE LOG (Cont’p) Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours 8.16 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING 1. MAINTENANCE AND RECONDITIONING Your new boat has been designed to provide you with years of enjoyment and satisfaction. In order to maintain the factory new appearance of your boat, we recommend the use of SM™ Marine's one step Maintenance and Reconditioning Products designed specifically for pleasure boats. Following proper fiberglass maintenance guidelines will help maintain your boat's performance, value, and enjoyment. 2. PAINT CLEANING AGENTS & OTHER SUBSTANCES EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD Care and refinishing materials may contain ingredients that are flammable or explosive. Do not use such materials in the bilge Shut off electrical power and ventilate when using such materials anywhere on the boat or in the cabin. Do not create sparks or use lighted materials. Na J Do not use products containing chlorine, phosphates, perfumes and non-degradable ingredients. Consult your marine dealer regarding environmental regulations before painting the hull. Fumes can last for hours, and chemical ingredients can harm people, property and the environment. Common household cleaning agents may cause hazardous reactions. Read and understand directions on all paint, cleaning and polishing materials before using. 3. FIBERGLASS & GELCOAT The fiberglass hull, deck and some interior parts consist of the molded shell and exterior gelcoat. The gelcoat is the outer surface, often colored, that presents the shiny smooth appearance which is associated with fiberglass products. In some areas, this gelcoat surface is painted or taped for styling purpose. Wash the fiberglass regularly with clean, fresh water. Wax gelcoated surfaces to maintain the luster. In northern climates, a semiannual waxing may suffice for the season. In southern climates, a quarterly application of wax will be required for adequate protection. Gelcoat surfaces are slippery when wet. Use extreme care when walking on wet gelcoat. Always wear non-slip foot gear while washing and waxing boat. Care should be utilized in waxing commonly walked upon areas of the boat to ensure that they are not dangerously slippery. NOTE: For colored gelcoats, it is important to follow waxing recommendations in order to maintain the luster of the gelcoat. A. ABOUT COLORED GELCOATS Colored hulls add a beautiful contrast to all white boats making them distinctive and attractive. Similar to paint on cars, colors need more care and protection (waxing). Chemical lab tests have proven that colored gelcoats will show more chalking than white gelcoat due to an eventual degradation from weathering. Chalking results from a breakdown of a gelcoated surface into an extremely fine powder. When this happens, the color of the part whitens. The chalk is strictly on the surface. Most house paints are designed to chalk and then wash off clean with water. Gelcoat chalk, however does not wash off. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 9.1 SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING One can extend the life of white or colored gelcoat by following Sea Ray's® recommended maintenance instructions. 3M Ultra Performance paste wax or an equivalent marine grade paste wax will help maintain the luster of the original gelcoat. B. PERMANTNTLY MOORED OR DOCKED BOATS Boats should be rotated in a slip as often as they are waxed. This will eliminate too much ultra violet exposure and degradation to occur on only one side of the boat. REFER TO 3M ONE STEP MAINTENANCE AND RECONDITIONING PRODUCTS PAMPHLET IN YOUR OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. C. KEEP BILGE AREA DRY Water may accumulate in the engine room where it is not able to drain to the bilge pump. Check all areas of the engine room for accumlated water and dry throughly. Water left standing may penitrate through the gelcoated surfaces and wick into the fiberglass affecting the life of the product. 4. STAINS & SCRATCHES Although gelcoat and painted surfaces are resistant to deep stains, a need for cleaning will occasionally arise. But, the use of some common cleaning agents will permanently discolor or otherwise damage the finish on your boat. * Do not use abrasive porcelain-cleaning powders. These are too abrasive and contain chlorine and ammonia, either of which will permanently discolor gelcoat and paint. Never use nail polish remover (acetone) or any ketone solvents. * Use diluted household detergents to remove surface soil and stains. Before using a given brand, check to make sure it contains no chlorine or ammonia. * Alcohol can be used to remove difficult stains. But it must be promptly washed off with mild detergent and water. Minor scratches and deeper stains that do not penetrate the gelcoat may be removed by light sanding and buffing. 5. PERMANENTLY MOORED OR DockED BOATS If permanently moored or docked in salt water or fresh water, your boat will collect marine growth on its bottom. This will detract from the boat's beauty and greatly affect its performance. There are two methods of preventing this: Periodically haul the boat out of the water and scrub the bottom with a bristle brush and a solution of soap and water. * Paint the hull below the waterline with a good grade of antifouling paint. DO NOT paint the engine drive surfaces. NOTE: There are EPA regulations regarding bottom paint application. Consult your Sea Ray® dealer for proper application methods. 6. CARE FOR BOTTOM PAINT From time to time a slight algae or slime forms on all vessels. The bottom painted portion of the hull can be wiped off with a coarse turkish towel or a piece of old rug while the boat is in the water. Do not use a stiff or abrasive material to clean the bottom paint. The bottom paint should be inspected annually. If it needs repainting consult your Sea Ray® dealer. 9.2 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING 7. BILGE/ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1. Pump the bilges dry and remove all loose dirt. Be sure that all limber holes are open. If there Is oil in the bilge and the source is not known, look for leaks in engine oil lines or engine gaskets. Qil stains can be removed by using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marina. DO NOT use flammable solvents. 2. Check all wiring to be sure it is properly supported, that its insulation is intact, and that there are no loose or corroded terminals. If there are corroded terminals, they should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil. 3. Inspect the entire fuel system (including fill lines and vents) for any evidence of leakage. Any stains around joints could indicate a leak. Try a wrench on all fittings to be sure they are not loose, but do not over tighten them. Clean fuel filters and vent screens. 4. Inspect the entire bottom for evidence of seepage, damage or deterioration, paying particular attention to hull fittings, hoses and clamps. Straighten kinked hoses and replace any that do not feel pliable. Tighten loose hose clamps and replace those that are corroded. Tighten any loose nuts, bolts or screws. 5. Refer to your engine operator’s manual for engine maintenance details. Wipe off engine to remove accumulated dust and grease. If a solvent is used, make sure it is nonflammable. Go over the entire engine and tighten nuts, bolts, and screws. Inspect the wiring on the engine and clean and tighten the terminals. Inspect the belts and tighten them if needed. Clean and lubricate the battery terminals; fill the battery cells with distilled water as needed. 8. TOPSIDE AREAS A. STAINLESS STEEL AND ALLOY FITTINGS Stainless steel and alloy fittings should be cleaned with soap and water or household glass cleaner. Remove rust spots as soon as possible with a brass, silver or chrome cleaner. Irreversible pitting will develop under rust that remains for any period of time. Never use an abrasive like sandpaper or steel wool on stainless. These may actually cause rust. To help protect the stainless, we recommend the use of a good car wax. B. SALT CRYSTALS When instruments are exposed to a saltwater environment, salt crystals may form on the bezel and the plastic covers. These salt crystals should be removed with a soft, damp cloth; never use abrasives or rough, dirty cloths to wipe plastic parts. Mild household detergents or plastic cleaners can be used to keep the instruments bright and clean. REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 9. GAUGE K SWITCH PANELS No special care is needed. Just wipe off with a soft, fresh water damp cloth to remove dust or salt. Dry after with chamois or soft cloth. Use of protective chemicals is not required. 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 9.3 SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING 10. AcryLic PLASTIC SHEETING (PLASTIC GLASS) Never use a dry cloth or duster or glass cleaning solutions on acrylic. To clean acrylic, first flood it with water to wash off as much dirt as possible. Next, use your bare hand, with plenty of water, to feel and dislodge any caked dirt or mud. A soft, grit-free cloth may then be used with a nonabrasive soap or detergent. A soft sponge, kept clean for this purpose, is excellent. Blot dry with a clean damp chamois. Grease and oil may be removed from acrylic with kerosene, hexane, white (not aviation or ethyl) gasoline or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content). Do not use solvents such as acetone, silicone spray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire extinguisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid or lacquer thinner on acrylic, since they attack the surface. Remove fine scratches with fine automotive acrylic rubbing and polishing compounds. 11. CANvAS AND CLEAR VINYL Do not fold or store any of the canvas pieces while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place. For clear vinyl pieces, the recommended methods for storage are rolling or laying down flat. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces. If the surface of the clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet located in your Owner's Manual Packet. When storing the rear (aft) curtain, fold the canvas over the clear vinyl window (do not fold clear vinyl), then roll or store flat. The fabric should be cleaned regularly before substances such as dirt, pollen, etc. are allowed to accumulate on and become embedded in the fabric. The fabric can be cleaned without being removed from the installation. Simply brush off any loose dirt, particles, etc.; hose down and clean with a mild solution of a natural soap in lukewarm water (no more than 100°F, 38°C); rinse thoroughly to remove soap. DO NOT USE DETERGENTS. Allow to completely dry. Wash and clean vinyl windows with a warm soap solution. Use a soft cloth or sponge and do not scratch the surface. If you have stubborn cleaning cases, call your dealer for proper procedures. Do not try your own cleaning procedures as they may permanently damage the canvas. After each use, especially in salt water areas, rinse the canvas completely with fresh cold water. Then let the canvas dry completely before stowing. All metal components of the canvas should be rinsed with fresh cold water and exposed components wiped dry to maintain appearance and working order. 12. EXTERIOR UPHOLSTERY FABRIC Exterior fabrics should be cleaned with a sponge or very soft scrub brush and a mild soap and warm water solution. After scrubbing, rinse with plenty of cold, clean water and allow the fabric to air dry in a well ventilated place, preferrably away from direct sunlight. Mildew can occur if your boat does not have adequate ventilation. Heat alone will not prevent mildew; you must also provide for fresh air circulation. REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 13. INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY FABRIC Cleaning and maintenance information provided by the material manufacturer, is in your Owner’s Manual Packet. | NOTICE | Always clean spots, stains, etc., immediately. Test an unseen area of fabric before cleaning stain, to insure that cleaning material will not cause damage. REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND OTHER CLEANING INFORMATION. 9.4 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) INDEX A AC & DC Electrical Schematic & Wiring Harnesses 6.16 AC System 6.6 Accessories, Layout and 7.1 Accessory Receptacle, 12 Volt 6.6 Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ------------ 9.4 Additional Recommended Equipment for Safe Operation 1.5 After Market Equipment Checklist --------------- 8.14 Air Conditioning & Heating 7.1 To Start The System 7.3 Anchoring 3.10 Anchoring Arrangement 3.10 Anchoring 3.11 Lowering Anchor 3.11 Setting Anchor 3.11 Weighing Anchor 3.12 Clearing A Fouled Anchor 3.12 A Final Word 3.12 Automatic Fire Extinguisher 7.14 Gasoline Engine Boats 7.14 Diesel Engine Boats 7.14 Manual Fire Extinguisher System -------------- 7.15 Hand Held Extinguishers 7.15 B Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ----------- 2.4 Batteries 6.1 To Remove The Battery Cables --------------- 6.2 Battery Maintenance 6.2 Battery Chargers 6.13 Charging Characteristics 6.13 Charging Charateristics of the Bow Thruster Battery Charger 6.13 Battery Switches and Solenoids 6.2 Main Battery Solenoids 6.2 Bow Thruster Solenoid 6.3 Bilge Blowers 4.2 Bilge Layout 4.13 Bilge Pumps 4.1 Bilge 4.1 Fuel & Oil Spillage 4.1 Bilge/Engine Compartment 9.3 Boarding 3.3 Bow Thruster (Optional) 3.14,7.16 Breaker Panel, Control Station 6.5 Bunk, Expandable 7.19 C Cabin Layout 2.6 Canvas and Clear Vinyl 9.4 Canvas 7.20 Care & Maintenance 7.20 Storage 7.20 Installation Tips 7.20 Carbon Monoxide Monitor 1.4, 7.1 Testing The CO Monitor 7.1 Carbon Monoxide 1.2 Care For Bottom Paint 9.2 Central Vacuum (Optional) 7.18 Certification, Manufacturers NV Chart Your Course 1.9 Coffee Maker 7.17 Communication System 7.13 Dockside Telephone Hookup 7.13 Contact Phone Numbers & Internet Addresses ----- у Control Station Breaker Panel 6.5 Control Station Gauge and Switch Panel ---------- 2.7 D DC Breaker Panel, Main 6.2 DC Distribution Panel, Main 6.7 DC System 6.1 Dealer Responsibilities m 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) INDEX Deck Layout, General 2.5 Docking/Lifting/Storage 2.1 Bow and Stern Cleats 2.1 Supporting The Boat 2.2 E Electric Fuel Valve 5.2 Electrical System Fuse Blocks & Breakers ------- 6.5 Electrolytic Corrosion and Zinc Anodes ---------- 6.15 Electronics Circuit 6.6 Emergency Situation 1.10 Medical Emergency 1.10 Water rescue 1.11 Fire 1.11 Flooding, Swamping and capsizing ------------ 1.11 Collision and Leaking 1.12 Grounding 1.12 Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure ------- 1.12 Emergency Start System 6.6 Engine Exhaust System 4.4 Engine Mounts 4.3 Engine Oil Change System 8.8 Engines 4.3 Fresh Water Cooling System 4.3 Coolant Recommendations 4.3 Engines, Starting The 3.4 Engines, Stopping The 3.7 Entertainment Centers 7.13 Environmental Considerations 1.14 Fuel & Oil Spillage 1.14 Waste Disposal 1.14 Excessive Noise 1.14 Wake/Wash 1.14 Exhaust System, Engine 4.4 Expandable Bunk 7.19 Expandable Salon Sofa 7.19 Exterior Upholstery Fabric 9.4 F Fiberglass & Gelcoat 9.1 About Colored Gelcoats 9.1 Fire Extinguishing System 1.2 Fitting Out After Storage 8.7 Fuel System 8.7 Battery(ies) 8.7 Miscellaneous 8.7 Floor Plan 7.21 Fuel Filters 5.2 Fuel Filters (Diesel Option) 5.2 Generator Fuel Filter (Diesel Option) ---------- 5.3 Fuel Filter Maintenance 5.3 Fuel Recommendations 5.2 Fuel System 5.1 Fuel Tanks 5.1 Fuel Fill Inlet 5.1 Fuel Vent 5.1 Fueling Precautions 5.4 General 5.5 Before & During Fueling-Checklist ------------ 5.5 After Fueling-Checklist 5.5 Fueling The Boat 3.2 General 3.2 Filling The Tank 3.2 After Filling 3.2 Function and Location of Through-Hull Fittings and Cutouts 2.9 Fuse Blocks & Breakers, Electrical System ------ 6.5 G Gauge & Switch Panels 9.3 Gauge and Switch Panel, Control Station --------- 2.7 Generator Power, Shifting From Shore Powerto 3.9 Generator 6 Generator, Starting The 3.7 Generator, Stopping The 3.8 Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ------ 6.15 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) INDEX H Halogen Lighting 6.14 Changing A Blown Bulb 6.14 Hardtop 2.7 Head System 7.9 Requirements For Vessel Operators ----------- 7.9 Vacu-Flush® Head 7.10 Holding Tank Operation 7.10 Vent Filter 7.11 Heating, Air Conditioning and 7.1 Horn 7.19 Hull Identification Number (HIN) м Hydraulic Power Steering Control 4.12 | Impaired Operation 1.5 Important Gauges 2.14 Hourmeter 2.14 Tachometer 2.14 Fuel Gauge 2.14 Voltmeter 2.14 Oil Pressure Gauge 2.15 Water Temperature Gauge 2.15 Magnetic Compass 2.15 Systems Monitor 2.16 Engine Monitoring System (EMS) ------------ 2.19 Sea Ray Navigator (SRN) (Optional) -------- 2.19 Inspection, Service and Maintenance Protocol --- 8.4 Bilge Area 8.4 Topside Supplies 8.5 Interior Upholstery Fabric 9.4 International Requirements 1.13 L Layout and Accessories 7.1 Legally Mandated Minimum Required Equipment - 1.2 Lighting Layout 2.24 Limited Warranty М Livesaving Equipment 1.4 Load Capacity 1.5 M Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock Interlock System (Optional) 7.12 Main DC Breaker Panel 6.2 Main DC Distribution Panel 6.7 Maintain Control 1.7 Maintenance Log 8.15 Maintenance Reconditioning 9.1 Major Controls 2.11 Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ------------- 2.11 Engine Synchronizers (Optional) -------------- 2.12 Hydraulic Trim Tabs 2.12 Manufacturer’s Certification м Marine Gears 4.4 Reduction Gears 4.4 Reverse Gears 4.4 N Nautical Terms 1.13 Navigation and Anchor Lights 2.20 Console Dimmer 2.20 O Orl Exchange System (Optional) ......................... 4.5 Orl Exchange System, Engine ..................eeeeemeeene. 8.8 ALGAAS coi EEE EEE E RER EEEEEEEERR RE EEEKEEERR REG 8.8 B. Diesel (Optional) .........................eeeecccccccceo. 8.8 Operating The Generator 8.13 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) INDEX P Paint Cleaning Agents & Other Substances -------- 9.1 Passenger Instruction and Location 3.3 Passenger Locations 2.2 Permantely Moored or Docked Boats ------------- 9.2 Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s) 3.3 PFD Classifications 1.4 Power Capacity 1.6 Power Steering Control, Hydraulic --------------- 4.12 Power Ventilation System 7.18 Pre-Launch, Launch and Post-Launch Checklist -- 3.1 Propellers 2.4 Propulsion System 2.4 Q Quick Reference Checklist .....................e.e2ecome. 8.9 A. Boarding The Boat... 8.9 B. Preparing To Depart... 8.10 C. While Underway ........................0000. 8.11 D. Returning To Port... 8.11 E. Securing The Boat ……….….…...….……….………ee 8.12 F. If The Engine Does Not Start 8.12 G. Operating The Generator ........................... 8.13 R Refrigerator/Freezer 7.17 Cockpit Ice Maker 7.17 Responsibilities, Dealer m Responsibilities, Your m Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box 4.10 S Safety Hotlines 1.12 Safety Labels Salon Sofa, Expandable 7.19 Seacock Lubrication 8.8 Seacocks & Strainers 4.11 Security Considerations 8.7 Service, Parts and Repair for Your Boat ------------ м Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ------------- 6.7 Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power - 3.9 Shifting to Drive The Boat 3.6 Shore Power Hookup 3.8 Shore Power to Generator Power, Shifting From 3.9 Shore Power 6.10, 7.19 Isolation Transformer 6.10 IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ------------ 6.10 Glendinning Cablemaster 6.11 Shore Power Breaker Box 6.11 Shore Power Hookup 6.12 Maintenance For Shore Power Cable Set & Inlets 6.12 Solenoids, Battery Switches and 6.2 Source of Information iil Stability 1.6 Stains & Scratches 9.2 Starting The Engines 3.4 Starting The Generator 3.7 Steering System 3.10 Auto Pilot (Optional) 3.10 Stopping The Engines 3.7 Stopping The Generator 3.8 Stove and Microwave 7.18 Summary Guide for Inspection, Service and Maintenance 8.1 Switch and Receptacle Layout 2.21 T This Manual m Through-Hull Fittings and Cutouts, Function and Location of 2.9 Topside Areas 9.3 TV Signal Selector 7.14 Twelve Volt Accessory Receptacle 6.6 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) INDEX U Underwater Gear 4.6 Propellers 4.6 Shafts 4.9 Carrier Seal Kit 4.9 Strut 4.10 Useful Service Information 8.3 Utility Room 7.16 Vv Vacuum, Central (Optional) .................... 7.18 Ventilation System, Power ...................... 7.18 Vibration éz Causes ............e..eeeeeeecccccccerreeenececece. 4.4 Foreign Object Interferring With Propeller Action ess 4.4 Bent Propeller and/or Shaft ............................ 4.5 Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ................. 4,5 Coupling Out Of True …….….….....….….….………cuurss 4,5 Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure 4.5 Other Possible Causes .................eeeesecccccccccrrreeenes 4.5 W Warning Label Locations 1.15 Warranties m Warranty, Limited у Washer & Dryer (Optional) 7.18 Water Sports 1.9 Swimming 1.9 Skiing 1.9 Diving 1.10 Water System 7.3 Water Tank 7.3 Water Pumps & Filter 7.5 Water System Pressurization 7.5 Water Distribution Manifold 7.6 Water Heater 7.6 Fresh Water Washdown 7.7 Dockside Water Inlet 7.7 Transom Shower 7.8 Gray Water Sump 7.8 Gray Water Drain Lines 7.9 Weather 1.7 Welcome I Windlass 3.12 To Operate From The Helm 3.13 To Operate From The Bow 3.13 To Operate Manually 3.13 Maintenance 3.13 Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land 8.5 Boat Storage 8.5 Engines 8.5 Battery(1es) 8.5 Head System 8.6 Water System 8.6 Fuel System 8.6 Y Your Responsibilities .................eeeeeeeeeeeecciciceriee eee. Ill 390 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) ">

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement